428
|
1 /* Window creation, deletion and examination for XEmacs.
|
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1992-1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
3 Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Board of Trustees, University of Illinois.
|
|
4 Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Ben Wing.
|
|
5 Copyright (C) 1996 Chuck Thompson.
|
|
6
|
|
7 This file is part of XEmacs.
|
|
8
|
|
9 XEmacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
|
10 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
|
11 Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
|
12 later version.
|
|
13
|
|
14 XEmacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
|
15 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
|
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
|
17 for more details.
|
|
18
|
|
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
20 along with XEmacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
|
21 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
22 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
|
23
|
|
24 /* Synched up with: FSF 19.30. */
|
|
25 /* Beginning to diverge significantly. */
|
|
26
|
|
27 /* This file has been Mule-ized. */
|
|
28
|
|
29 #include <config.h>
|
|
30 #include "lisp.h"
|
|
31
|
|
32 #include "buffer.h"
|
|
33 #include "faces.h"
|
|
34 #include "frame.h"
|
|
35 #include "objects.h"
|
|
36 #include "glyphs.h"
|
|
37 #include "redisplay.h"
|
|
38 #include "window.h"
|
|
39 #include "elhash.h"
|
|
40 #include "commands.h"
|
|
41 #include "gutter.h"
|
|
42
|
|
43 Lisp_Object Qwindowp, Qwindow_live_p, Qwindow_configurationp;
|
|
44 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_buffer;
|
|
45
|
|
46 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
47 Lisp_Object Qface_cache, Qglyph_cache, Qline_start_cache, Qother_redisplay;
|
|
48 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
49 Lisp_Object Qscrollbar_instances;
|
|
50 #endif
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
52
|
|
53 EXFUN (Fnext_window, 4);
|
|
54
|
|
55 static int window_pixel_width_to_char_width (struct window *w,
|
|
56 int pixel_width,
|
|
57 int include_margins_p);
|
|
58 static int window_char_width_to_pixel_width (struct window *w,
|
|
59 int char_width,
|
|
60 int include_margins_p);
|
|
61 static int window_pixel_height_to_char_height (struct window *w,
|
|
62 int pixel_height,
|
|
63 int include_gutters_p);
|
|
64 static int window_char_height_to_pixel_height (struct window *w,
|
|
65 int char_height,
|
|
66 int include_gutters_p);
|
|
67 static void change_window_height (struct window *w, int delta, int widthflag,
|
|
68 int inpixels);
|
|
69
|
|
70 /* Thickness of shadow border around 3d modelines. */
|
|
71 Lisp_Object Vmodeline_shadow_thickness;
|
|
72
|
|
73 /* Whether vertical dividers are draggable and displayed */
|
|
74 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p;
|
|
75
|
|
76 /* Whether a modeline should be displayed. */
|
|
77 Lisp_Object Vhas_modeline_p;
|
|
78
|
|
79 /* Thickness of shadow border around vertical dividers. */
|
|
80 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness;
|
|
81
|
|
82 /* Divider surface width (not counting 3-d borders) */
|
|
83 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_line_width;
|
|
84
|
|
85 /* Spacing between outer egde of divider border and window edge */
|
|
86 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_spacing;
|
|
87
|
|
88 /* How much to scroll by per-line. */
|
|
89 Lisp_Object Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment;
|
|
90
|
|
91 /* Scroll if point lands on the bottom line and that line is partially
|
|
92 clipped. */
|
|
93 int scroll_on_clipped_lines;
|
|
94
|
|
95 /* The minibuffer window of the selected frame.
|
|
96 Note that you cannot test for minibufferness of an arbitrary window
|
|
97 by comparing against this; but you can test for minibufferness of
|
|
98 the selected window. */
|
|
99 Lisp_Object minibuf_window;
|
|
100
|
|
101 /* Non-nil means it is the window for C-M-v to scroll
|
|
102 when the minibuffer is selected. */
|
|
103 Lisp_Object Vminibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
104
|
|
105 /* Non-nil means this is the buffer whose window C-M-v should scroll. */
|
|
106 Lisp_Object Vother_window_scroll_buffer;
|
|
107
|
|
108 /* Non-nil means it's the function to call to display temp buffers. */
|
|
109 Lisp_Object Vtemp_buffer_show_function;
|
|
110
|
|
111 Lisp_Object Vtemp_buffer_show_hook;
|
|
112
|
|
113 /* If a window gets smaller than either of these, it is removed. */
|
|
114 int window_min_height;
|
|
115 int window_min_width;
|
|
116
|
|
117 /* Hook run at end of temp_output_buffer_show. */
|
|
118 Lisp_Object Qtemp_buffer_show_hook;
|
|
119
|
|
120 /* Number of lines of continuity in scrolling by screenfuls. */
|
|
121 int next_screen_context_lines;
|
|
122
|
|
123 /* List of freed window configurations with 1 - 10 windows. */
|
|
124 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_configuration_free_list[10];
|
|
125
|
|
126 #define SET_LAST_MODIFIED(w, cache_too) \
|
|
127 do { \
|
|
128 (w)->last_modified[CURRENT_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
129 (w)->last_modified[DESIRED_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
130 (w)->last_modified[CMOTION_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
131 if (cache_too) \
|
|
132 (w)->line_cache_last_updated = Qzero; \
|
|
133 } while (0)
|
|
134
|
|
135 #define SET_LAST_FACECHANGE(w) \
|
|
136 do { \
|
|
137 (w)->last_facechange[CURRENT_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
138 (w)->last_facechange[DESIRED_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
139 (w)->last_facechange[CMOTION_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
140 } while (0)
|
|
141
|
|
142
|
|
143 #define MARK_DISP_VARIABLE(field) \
|
|
144 mark_object (window->field[CURRENT_DISP]); \
|
|
145 mark_object (window->field[DESIRED_DISP]); \
|
|
146 mark_object (window->field[CMOTION_DISP]);
|
|
147
|
|
148 static Lisp_Object
|
|
149 mark_window (Lisp_Object obj)
|
|
150 {
|
|
151 struct window *window = XWINDOW (obj);
|
|
152 mark_object (window->frame);
|
|
153 mark_object (window->mini_p);
|
|
154 mark_object (window->next);
|
|
155 mark_object (window->prev);
|
|
156 mark_object (window->hchild);
|
|
157 mark_object (window->vchild);
|
|
158 mark_object (window->parent);
|
|
159 mark_object (window->buffer);
|
|
160 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (start);
|
|
161 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (pointm);
|
|
162 mark_object (window->sb_point); /* #### move to scrollbar.c? */
|
|
163 mark_object (window->use_time);
|
|
164 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_modified);
|
|
165 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point);
|
|
166 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_start);
|
|
167 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_facechange);
|
|
168 mark_object (window->line_cache_last_updated);
|
|
169 mark_object (window->redisplay_end_trigger);
|
|
170 mark_object (window->subwindow_instance_cache);
|
|
171
|
|
172 mark_face_cachels (window->face_cachels);
|
|
173 mark_glyph_cachels (window->glyph_cachels);
|
|
174
|
|
175 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) mark_object (window->slot)
|
|
176 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
177
|
|
178 return Qnil;
|
|
179 }
|
|
180
|
|
181 static void
|
|
182 print_window (Lisp_Object obj, Lisp_Object printcharfun, int escapeflag)
|
|
183 {
|
|
184 char buf[200];
|
|
185
|
|
186 if (print_readably)
|
|
187 error ("printing unreadable object #<window 0x%x>",
|
|
188 XWINDOW (obj)->header.uid);
|
|
189
|
|
190 write_c_string ("#<window", printcharfun);
|
|
191 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (obj)->buffer))
|
|
192 {
|
|
193 Lisp_Object name = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (obj)->buffer)->name;
|
|
194 write_c_string (" on ", printcharfun);
|
|
195 print_internal (name, printcharfun, 1);
|
|
196 }
|
|
197 sprintf (buf, " 0x%x>", XWINDOW (obj)->header.uid);
|
|
198 write_c_string (buf, printcharfun);
|
|
199 }
|
|
200
|
|
201 static void
|
|
202 finalize_window (void *header, int for_disksave)
|
|
203 {
|
|
204 struct window *w = (struct window *) header;
|
|
205
|
|
206 if (w->line_start_cache)
|
|
207 {
|
|
208 Dynarr_free (w->line_start_cache);
|
|
209 w->line_start_cache = 0;
|
|
210 }
|
|
211
|
|
212 if (w->face_cachels)
|
|
213 {
|
|
214 int i;
|
|
215
|
|
216 for (i = 0; i < Dynarr_length (w->face_cachels); i++)
|
|
217 {
|
|
218 struct face_cachel *cachel = Dynarr_atp (w->face_cachels, i);
|
|
219 if (cachel->merged_faces)
|
|
220 {
|
|
221 Dynarr_free (cachel->merged_faces);
|
|
222 cachel->merged_faces = 0;
|
|
223 }
|
|
224 }
|
|
225 Dynarr_free (w->face_cachels);
|
|
226 w->face_cachels = 0;
|
|
227 }
|
|
228
|
|
229 if (w->glyph_cachels)
|
|
230 {
|
|
231 Dynarr_free (w->glyph_cachels);
|
|
232 w->glyph_cachels = 0;
|
|
233 }
|
|
234 }
|
|
235
|
|
236 DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION ("window", window,
|
|
237 mark_window, print_window, finalize_window,
|
|
238 0, 0, 0, struct window);
|
|
239
|
|
240
|
|
241 #define INIT_DISP_VARIABLE(field, initialization) \
|
|
242 p->field[CURRENT_DISP] = initialization; \
|
|
243 p->field[DESIRED_DISP] = initialization; \
|
|
244 p->field[CMOTION_DISP] = initialization;
|
|
245
|
|
246 /* We have an implicit assertion that the first two elements (default
|
|
247 and modeline faces) are always present in the face_element_cache.
|
|
248 Normally redisplay ensures this. However, it is possible for a
|
|
249 window to get created and functions which reference these values
|
|
250 called before redisplay works with the window for the first time.
|
|
251 All callers of allocate_window should therefore call
|
|
252 reset_face_cachels on the created window. We can't do it
|
|
253 here because the window must have its frame pointer set or
|
|
254 reset_face_cachels will fail. */
|
|
255 Lisp_Object
|
|
256 allocate_window (void)
|
|
257 {
|
|
258 Lisp_Object val;
|
|
259 struct window *p = alloc_lcrecord_type (struct window, &lrecord_window);
|
|
260
|
|
261 zero_lcrecord (p);
|
|
262 XSETWINDOW (val, p);
|
|
263
|
|
264 p->dead = 0;
|
|
265 p->frame = Qnil;
|
|
266 p->mini_p = Qnil;
|
|
267 p->next = Qnil;
|
|
268 p->prev = Qnil;
|
|
269 p->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
270 p->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
271 p->parent = Qnil;
|
|
272 p->buffer = Qnil;
|
|
273 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (start, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
274 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (pointm, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
275 p->sb_point = Fmake_marker ();
|
|
276 p->use_time = Qzero;
|
|
277 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_modified, Qzero);
|
|
278 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
279 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_start, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
280 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_facechange, Qzero);
|
|
281 p->face_cachels = Dynarr_new (face_cachel);
|
|
282 p->glyph_cachels = Dynarr_new (glyph_cachel);
|
|
283 p->line_start_cache = Dynarr_new (line_start_cache);
|
|
284 p->subwindow_instance_cache = make_lisp_hash_table (10,
|
|
285 HASH_TABLE_KEY_WEAK,
|
|
286 HASH_TABLE_EQ);
|
|
287 p->line_cache_last_updated = Qzero;
|
|
288 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point_x, 0);
|
|
289 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point_y, 0);
|
|
290 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (window_end_pos, 0);
|
|
291 p->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
|
|
292
|
|
293 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) p->slot = Qnil
|
|
294 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
295
|
|
296 p->windows_changed = 1;
|
|
297 p->shadow_thickness_changed = 1;
|
|
298
|
|
299 return val;
|
|
300 }
|
|
301 #undef INIT_DISP_VARIABLE
|
|
302
|
|
303 /*
|
|
304 * The redisplay structures used to be stored with each window. While
|
|
305 * they are logically something associated with frames they can't be
|
|
306 * stored there with a redisplay which handles variable height lines.
|
|
307 * Lines in horizontally split windows might not line up. So they get
|
|
308 * stored with the windows.
|
|
309 *
|
|
310 * The problem with this is window configurations. When restoring a
|
|
311 * window configuration it now becomes problematic to do an
|
|
312 * incremental redisplay. The solution is to store the redisplay
|
|
313 * structures with the frame as they should be but laid out in the
|
|
314 * same manner as the window structure. Thus is born the window
|
|
315 * mirror.
|
|
316 *
|
|
317 * It also becomes a convenient place to stick scrollbar instances
|
|
318 * since they extrapolate out to having the same problem described for
|
|
319 * the display structures.
|
|
320 */
|
|
321
|
|
322 /* Create a new window mirror structure and associated redisplay
|
|
323 structs. */
|
|
324 static struct window_mirror *
|
|
325 new_window_mirror (struct frame *f)
|
|
326 {
|
|
327 struct window_mirror *t = xnew_and_zero (struct window_mirror);
|
|
328
|
|
329 t->frame = f;
|
|
330
|
|
331 t->current_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
332 t->desired_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
333 t->buffer = NULL;
|
|
334
|
|
335 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
336 t->scrollbar_vertical_instance = NULL;
|
|
337 t->scrollbar_horizontal_instance = NULL;
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
339
|
|
340 return t;
|
|
341 }
|
|
342
|
|
343 /* Synchronize the mirror structure with a given window structure.
|
|
344 This is normally called from update_frame_window_mirror with a
|
|
345 starting window of f->root_window. */
|
|
346 static struct window_mirror *
|
|
347 update_mirror_internal (Lisp_Object win, struct window_mirror *mir)
|
|
348 {
|
|
349 if (NILP (win))
|
|
350 {
|
|
351 if (mir)
|
|
352 {
|
|
353 free_window_mirror (mir);
|
|
354 mir = NULL;
|
|
355 }
|
|
356 return mir;
|
|
357 }
|
|
358 else
|
|
359 if (!mir)
|
|
360 mir = new_window_mirror (XFRAME (XWINDOW (win)->frame));
|
|
361
|
|
362 mir->next = update_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->next, mir->next);
|
|
363 mir->hchild = update_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->hchild, mir->hchild);
|
|
364 mir->vchild = update_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->vchild, mir->vchild);
|
|
365
|
|
366 /*
|
|
367 * If the redisplay structs are not empty and the mirror has
|
|
368 * children, then this mirror structure was formerly being used for
|
|
369 * display but is no longer. Reset its current display structs so
|
|
370 * that redisplay doesn't accidentally think they are accurate if it
|
|
371 * is later used for display purposes once again. Also, mark the
|
|
372 * scrollbar instance as not active.
|
|
373 */
|
|
374 if (mir->vchild || mir->hchild)
|
|
375 {
|
|
376 /* The redisplay structures are big. Leaving them around in
|
|
377 non-leaf windows can add up to a lot of wasted space. So
|
|
378 don't do it. */
|
|
379 free_display_structs (mir);
|
|
380 mir->current_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
381 mir->desired_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
382
|
|
383 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
384 update_window_scrollbars (XWINDOW (win), mir, 0, 0);
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
386 mir->buffer = NULL;
|
|
387 }
|
|
388
|
|
389 return mir;
|
|
390 }
|
|
391
|
|
392 /* Given a window mirror, determine which real window it contains the
|
|
393 redisplay structures for. */
|
|
394 static Lisp_Object
|
|
395 real_window_internal (Lisp_Object win, struct window_mirror *rmir,
|
|
396 struct window_mirror *mir)
|
|
397 {
|
|
398 for (; !NILP (win) && rmir ; win = XWINDOW (win)->next, rmir = rmir->next)
|
|
399 {
|
|
400 if (mir == rmir)
|
|
401 return win;
|
|
402 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->vchild))
|
|
403 {
|
|
404 Lisp_Object retval =
|
|
405 real_window_internal (XWINDOW (win)->vchild, rmir->vchild, mir);
|
|
406 if (!NILP (retval))
|
|
407 return retval;
|
|
408 }
|
|
409 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->hchild))
|
|
410 {
|
|
411 Lisp_Object retval =
|
|
412 real_window_internal (XWINDOW (win)->hchild, rmir->hchild, mir);
|
|
413 if (!NILP (retval))
|
|
414 return retval;
|
|
415 }
|
|
416 }
|
|
417
|
|
418 return Qnil;
|
|
419 }
|
|
420
|
|
421 /* Given a real window, find the mirror structure which contains its
|
|
422 redisplay structures. */
|
|
423 static struct window_mirror *
|
|
424 find_window_mirror_internal (Lisp_Object win, struct window_mirror *rmir,
|
|
425 struct window *w)
|
|
426 {
|
|
427 for (; !NILP (win); win = XWINDOW (win)->next, rmir = rmir->next)
|
|
428 {
|
|
429 if (w == XWINDOW (win))
|
|
430 return rmir;
|
|
431
|
|
432 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->vchild))
|
|
433 {
|
|
434 struct window_mirror *retval =
|
|
435 find_window_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->vchild,
|
|
436 rmir->vchild, w);
|
|
437 if (retval) return retval;
|
|
438 }
|
|
439
|
|
440 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->hchild))
|
|
441 {
|
|
442 struct window_mirror *retval =
|
|
443 find_window_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->hchild,
|
|
444 rmir->hchild, w);
|
|
445 if (retval) return retval;
|
|
446 }
|
|
447 }
|
|
448
|
|
449 return 0;
|
|
450 }
|
|
451
|
|
452 /* Update the mirror structure for the given frame. */
|
|
453 void
|
|
454 update_frame_window_mirror (struct frame *f)
|
|
455 {
|
|
456 f->root_mirror = update_mirror_internal (f->root_window, f->root_mirror);
|
|
457 f->mirror_dirty = 0;
|
|
458 }
|
|
459
|
|
460 /* Free a given mirror structure along with all of its children as
|
|
461 well as their associated display structures. */
|
|
462 void
|
|
463 free_window_mirror (struct window_mirror *mir)
|
|
464 {
|
|
465 while (mir)
|
|
466 {
|
|
467 struct window_mirror *prev = mir;
|
|
468 if (mir->hchild) free_window_mirror (mir->hchild);
|
|
469 if (mir->vchild) free_window_mirror (mir->vchild);
|
|
470 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
471 release_window_mirror_scrollbars (mir);
|
|
472 #endif
|
|
473 free_display_structs (mir);
|
|
474 mir = mir->next;
|
|
475 xfree (prev);
|
|
476 }
|
|
477 }
|
|
478
|
|
479 /* Given a mirror structure, return the window it mirrors. Calls
|
|
480 real_window_internal to do most of the work. */
|
|
481 Lisp_Object
|
|
482 real_window (struct window_mirror *mir, int no_abort)
|
|
483 {
|
|
484 Lisp_Object retval = real_window_internal (mir->frame->root_window,
|
|
485 mir->frame->root_mirror, mir);
|
|
486 if (NILP (retval) && !no_abort)
|
|
487 abort ();
|
|
488
|
|
489 return retval;
|
|
490 }
|
|
491
|
|
492 /* Given a real window, return its mirror structure. Calls
|
|
493 find_window_mirror_internal to do all of the work. */
|
|
494 struct window_mirror *
|
|
495 find_window_mirror (struct window *w)
|
|
496 {
|
|
497 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
498 if (f->mirror_dirty)
|
|
499 update_frame_window_mirror (f);
|
|
500 return find_window_mirror_internal (f->root_window, f->root_mirror, w);
|
|
501 }
|
|
502
|
|
503 /*****************************************************************************
|
|
504 find_window_by_pixel_pos
|
|
505
|
|
506 Given a pixel position relative to a frame, find the window at that
|
|
507 position.
|
|
508 ****************************************************************************/
|
|
509 struct window *
|
|
510 find_window_by_pixel_pos (int pix_x, int pix_y, Lisp_Object win)
|
|
511 {
|
|
512 if (NILP (win))
|
|
513 return 0;
|
|
514
|
|
515 for (; !NILP (win); win = XWINDOW (win)->next)
|
|
516 {
|
|
517 struct window *w;
|
|
518
|
|
519 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->vchild))
|
|
520 {
|
|
521 w = find_window_by_pixel_pos (pix_x, pix_y, XWINDOW (win)->vchild);
|
|
522 if (w) return w;
|
|
523 }
|
|
524 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->hchild))
|
|
525 {
|
|
526 w = find_window_by_pixel_pos (pix_x, pix_y, XWINDOW (win)->hchild);
|
|
527 if (w) return w;
|
|
528 }
|
|
529 w = XWINDOW (win);
|
|
530 if (pix_x >= WINDOW_LEFT (w)
|
|
531 && pix_x <= WINDOW_RIGHT (w)
|
|
532 && pix_y >= WINDOW_TOP (w)
|
|
533 && pix_y <= WINDOW_BOTTOM (w))
|
|
534 return w;
|
|
535 }
|
|
536 return NULL;
|
|
537 }
|
|
538
|
|
539 /* Return a pointer to the display structures for the given window. */
|
|
540 display_line_dynarr *
|
|
541 window_display_lines (struct window *w, int which)
|
|
542 {
|
|
543 struct window_mirror *t;
|
|
544
|
|
545 if (XFRAME (w->frame)->mirror_dirty)
|
|
546 update_frame_window_mirror (XFRAME (w->frame));
|
|
547 t = find_window_mirror (w);
|
|
548 if (!t)
|
|
549 abort ();
|
|
550
|
|
551 if (which == CURRENT_DISP)
|
|
552 return t->current_display_lines;
|
|
553 else if (which == DESIRED_DISP)
|
|
554 return t->desired_display_lines;
|
|
555 else if (which == CMOTION_DISP)
|
|
556 /* The CMOTION_DISP display lines are global. */
|
|
557 return cmotion_display_lines;
|
|
558 else
|
|
559 abort ();
|
|
560
|
|
561 return 0; /* shut up compiler */
|
|
562 }
|
|
563
|
|
564 struct buffer *
|
|
565 window_display_buffer (struct window *w)
|
|
566 {
|
|
567 struct window_mirror *t;
|
|
568
|
|
569 if (XFRAME (w->frame)->mirror_dirty)
|
|
570 update_frame_window_mirror (XFRAME (w->frame));
|
|
571 t = find_window_mirror (w);
|
|
572 if (!t)
|
|
573 abort ();
|
|
574
|
|
575 return t->buffer;
|
|
576 }
|
|
577
|
|
578 void
|
|
579 set_window_display_buffer (struct window *w, struct buffer *b)
|
|
580 {
|
|
581 struct window_mirror *t;
|
|
582
|
|
583 if (XFRAME (w->frame)->mirror_dirty)
|
|
584 update_frame_window_mirror (XFRAME (w->frame));
|
|
585 t = find_window_mirror (w);
|
|
586 if (!t)
|
|
587 abort ();
|
|
588
|
|
589 t->buffer = b;
|
|
590 }
|
|
591
|
|
592
|
|
593 /* Determining a window's position based solely on its pixel
|
|
594 positioning doesn't work. Instead, we do it the intelligent way,
|
|
595 by checking its positioning in the window hierarchy. */
|
|
596 int
|
|
597 window_is_leftmost (struct window *w)
|
|
598 {
|
|
599 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
600
|
|
601 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
602
|
|
603 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
604 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
605
|
|
606 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
607 {
|
|
608 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild) &&
|
|
609 !EQ (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild, current_ancestor))
|
|
610 return 0;
|
|
611
|
|
612 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
613 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
614 }
|
|
615
|
|
616 return 1;
|
|
617 }
|
|
618
|
|
619 int
|
|
620 window_is_rightmost (struct window *w)
|
|
621 {
|
|
622 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
623
|
|
624 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
625
|
|
626 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
627 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
628
|
|
629 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
630 {
|
|
631 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild)
|
|
632 && !NILP (XWINDOW (current_ancestor)->next))
|
|
633 return 0;
|
|
634
|
|
635 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
636 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
637 }
|
|
638
|
|
639 return 1;
|
|
640 }
|
|
641
|
|
642 static int
|
|
643 window_full_width_p (struct window *w)
|
|
644 {
|
|
645 return window_is_leftmost (w) && window_is_rightmost (w);
|
|
646 }
|
|
647
|
|
648 int
|
|
649 window_is_highest (struct window *w)
|
|
650 {
|
|
651 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
652
|
|
653 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
654
|
|
655 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
656 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
657
|
|
658 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
659 {
|
|
660 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild) &&
|
|
661 !EQ (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild, current_ancestor))
|
|
662 return 0;
|
|
663
|
|
664 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
665 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
666 }
|
|
667
|
|
668 /* This is really to catch the minibuffer but we make it generic in
|
|
669 case we ever change things around to let the minibuffer be on top. */
|
|
670 if (NILP (XWINDOW (current_ancestor)->prev))
|
|
671 return 1;
|
|
672 else
|
|
673 return 0;
|
|
674 }
|
|
675
|
|
676 int
|
|
677 window_is_lowest (struct window *w)
|
|
678 {
|
|
679 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
680
|
|
681 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
682
|
|
683 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
684 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
685
|
|
686 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
687 {
|
|
688 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild)
|
|
689 && !NILP (XWINDOW (current_ancestor)->next))
|
|
690 return 0;
|
|
691
|
|
692 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
693 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
694 }
|
|
695
|
|
696 return 1;
|
|
697 }
|
|
698
|
|
699 #if 0 /* not currently used */
|
|
700
|
|
701 static int
|
|
702 window_full_height_p (struct window *w)
|
|
703 {
|
|
704 return window_is_highest (w) && window_is_lowest (w);
|
|
705 }
|
|
706
|
|
707 #endif
|
|
708
|
|
709 int
|
|
710 window_truncation_on (struct window *w)
|
|
711 {
|
|
712 /* Minibuffer windows are never truncated.
|
|
713 ### is this the right way ? */
|
|
714 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
715 return 0;
|
|
716
|
|
717 /* Horizontally scrolled windows are truncated. */
|
|
718 if (w->hscroll)
|
|
719 return 1;
|
|
720
|
|
721 /* If truncate_partial_width_windows is true and the window is not
|
|
722 the full width of the frame it is truncated. */
|
|
723 if (truncate_partial_width_windows
|
|
724 && !(window_is_leftmost (w) && window_is_rightmost (w)))
|
|
725 return 1;
|
|
726
|
|
727 /* If the window's buffer's value of truncate_lines is non-nil, then
|
|
728 the window is truncated. */
|
|
729 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->truncate_lines))
|
|
730 return 1;
|
|
731
|
|
732 return 0;
|
|
733 }
|
|
734
|
|
735 DEFUN ("window-truncated-p", Fwindow_truncated_p, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
736 Returns Non-Nil iff the window is truncated.
|
|
737 */
|
|
738 (window))
|
|
739 {
|
|
740 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
741
|
|
742 return window_truncation_on (w) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
743 }
|
|
744
|
|
745
|
|
746 static int
|
|
747 have_undivided_common_edge (struct window *w_right, void *closure)
|
|
748 {
|
|
749 struct window *w_left = (struct window *) closure;
|
|
750 return (WINDOW_RIGHT (w_left) == WINDOW_LEFT (w_right)
|
|
751 && WINDOW_TOP (w_left) < WINDOW_BOTTOM (w_right)
|
|
752 && WINDOW_TOP (w_right) < WINDOW_BOTTOM (w_left)
|
|
753 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
754 && (NILP (w_right->scrollbar_on_left_p)
|
|
755 || NILP (w_right->vertical_scrollbar_visible_p)
|
|
756 || ZEROP (w_right->scrollbar_width))
|
|
757 #endif
|
|
758 );
|
|
759 }
|
|
760
|
|
761 static int
|
|
762 window_needs_vertical_divider_1 (struct window *w)
|
|
763 {
|
|
764 /* Never if we're on the right */
|
|
765 if (window_is_rightmost (w))
|
|
766 return 0;
|
|
767
|
|
768 /* Always if draggable */
|
|
769 if (!NILP (w->vertical_divider_always_visible_p))
|
|
770 return 1;
|
|
771
|
|
772 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
773 /* Our right scrollbar is enough to separate us at the right */
|
|
774 if (NILP (w->scrollbar_on_left_p)
|
|
775 && !NILP (w->vertical_scrollbar_visible_p)
|
|
776 && !ZEROP (w->scrollbar_width))
|
|
777 return 0;
|
|
778 #endif
|
|
779
|
|
780 /* Ok. to determine whether we need a divider on the left, we must
|
|
781 check that our right neighbor windows have scrollbars on their
|
|
782 left sides. We must check all such windows which have common
|
|
783 left edge with our window's right edge. */
|
|
784 return map_windows (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)),
|
|
785 have_undivided_common_edge, (void*)w);
|
|
786 }
|
|
787
|
|
788 int
|
|
789 window_needs_vertical_divider (struct window *w)
|
|
790 {
|
|
791 if (!w->need_vertical_divider_valid_p)
|
|
792 {
|
|
793 w->need_vertical_divider_p =
|
|
794 window_needs_vertical_divider_1 (w);
|
|
795 w->need_vertical_divider_valid_p = 1;
|
|
796 }
|
|
797 return w->need_vertical_divider_p;
|
|
798 }
|
|
799
|
|
800 /* Called from invalidate_vertical_divider_cache_in_frame */
|
|
801 int
|
|
802 invalidate_vertical_divider_cache_in_window (struct window *w,
|
|
803 void *u_n_u_s_e_d)
|
|
804 {
|
|
805 w->need_vertical_divider_valid_p = 0;
|
|
806 return 0;
|
|
807 }
|
|
808
|
|
809 /* Calculate width of vertical divider, including its shadows
|
|
810 and spacing. The returned value is effectively the distance
|
|
811 between adjacent window edges. This function does not check
|
|
812 whether a window needs a vertical divider, so the returned
|
|
813 value is a "theoretical" one */
|
|
814 int
|
|
815 window_divider_width (struct window *w)
|
|
816 {
|
|
817 /* the shadow thickness can be negative. This means that the divider
|
|
818 will have a depressed look */
|
|
819
|
|
820 if (FRAME_WIN_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))))
|
|
821 return
|
|
822 XINT (w->vertical_divider_line_width)
|
|
823 + 2 * XINT (w->vertical_divider_spacing)
|
|
824 + 2 * abs (XINT (w->vertical_divider_shadow_thickness));
|
|
825 else
|
|
826 return XINT (w->vertical_divider_line_width) == 0 ? 0 : 1;
|
|
827 }
|
|
828
|
|
829 int
|
|
830 window_scrollbar_width (struct window *w)
|
|
831 {
|
|
832 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
833 if (!WINDOW_WIN_P (w)
|
|
834 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
|
|
835 || NILP (w->buffer)
|
|
836 || NILP (w->vertical_scrollbar_visible_p))
|
|
837 /* #### when does NILP (w->buffer) happen? */
|
|
838 return 0;
|
|
839
|
|
840 return XINT (w->scrollbar_width);
|
|
841 #else
|
|
842 return 0;
|
|
843 #endif /* HAVE_SCROLLBARS */
|
|
844 }
|
|
845
|
|
846 /* Horizontal scrollbars are only active on windows with truncation
|
|
847 turned on. */
|
|
848 int
|
|
849 window_scrollbar_height (struct window *w)
|
|
850 {
|
|
851 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
852 if (!WINDOW_WIN_P (w)
|
|
853 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
|
|
854 || NILP (w->buffer)
|
|
855 || NILP (w->horizontal_scrollbar_visible_p)
|
|
856 || !window_truncation_on (w))
|
|
857 return 0;
|
|
858
|
|
859 return XINT (w->scrollbar_height);
|
|
860 #else
|
|
861 return 0;
|
|
862 #endif /* HAVE_SCROLLBARS */
|
|
863 }
|
|
864
|
|
865 int
|
|
866 window_modeline_height (struct window *w)
|
|
867 {
|
|
868 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
869 int modeline_height;
|
|
870
|
|
871 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) || NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
872 {
|
|
873 modeline_height = 0;
|
|
874 }
|
|
875 else if (!WINDOW_HAS_MODELINE_P (w))
|
|
876 {
|
|
877 if (window_scrollbar_height (w))
|
|
878 modeline_height = 0;
|
|
879 else
|
|
880 {
|
|
881 modeline_height = FRAMEMETH (f, divider_height, ());
|
|
882
|
|
883 if (!EQ (Qzero, w->modeline_shadow_thickness) && FRAME_WIN_P (f))
|
|
884 modeline_height += (2 * MODELINE_SHADOW_THICKNESS (w));
|
|
885 }
|
|
886 }
|
|
887 else
|
|
888 {
|
|
889 if (noninteractive)
|
|
890 modeline_height = 0;
|
|
891 else
|
|
892 {
|
|
893 display_line_dynarr *dla;
|
|
894
|
|
895 /* We don't force a regeneration of the modeline here.
|
|
896 Instead it is now a precondition that any function calling
|
|
897 this should make sure that one of these structures is
|
|
898 up-to-date. In practice this only affects two internal
|
|
899 redisplay functions, regenerate_window and
|
|
900 regenerate_window_point_center. */
|
|
901 /* We check DESIRED_DISP because if it is valid it is more
|
|
902 up-to-date than CURRENT_DISP. For calls to this outside
|
|
903 of redisplay it doesn't matter which structure we check
|
|
904 since there is a redisplay condition that these
|
|
905 structures be identical outside of redisplay. */
|
|
906 dla = window_display_lines (w, DESIRED_DISP);
|
|
907 if (dla && Dynarr_length (dla) && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
908 modeline_height = (Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->ascent +
|
|
909 Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->descent);
|
|
910 else
|
|
911 {
|
|
912 dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
913 if (dla && Dynarr_length (dla) && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
914 modeline_height = (Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->ascent +
|
|
915 Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->descent);
|
|
916 else
|
|
917 /* This should be an abort except I'm not yet 100%
|
|
918 confident that it won't ever get hit (though I
|
|
919 haven't been able to trigger it). It is extremely
|
|
920 unlikely to cause any noticeable problem and even if
|
|
921 it does it will be a minor display glitch. */
|
|
922 /* #### Bullshit alert. It does get hit and it causes
|
|
923 noticeable glitches. real_current_modeline_height
|
|
924 is a kludge to fix this for 19.14. */
|
|
925 modeline_height = real_current_modeline_height (w);
|
|
926 }
|
|
927
|
|
928 if (!EQ (Qzero, w->modeline_shadow_thickness) && FRAME_WIN_P (f))
|
|
929 modeline_height += (2 * MODELINE_SHADOW_THICKNESS (w));
|
|
930 }
|
|
931 }
|
|
932
|
|
933 return modeline_height;
|
|
934 }
|
|
935
|
|
936 /*****************************************************************************
|
|
937 margin_width_internal
|
|
938
|
|
939 For a given window, return the width in pixels of the specified margin.
|
|
940 ****************************************************************************/
|
|
941 static int
|
|
942 margin_width_internal (struct window *w, int left_margin)
|
|
943 {
|
|
944 struct buffer *b;
|
|
945 int window_cwidth = window_char_width (w, 1);
|
|
946 int margin_cwidth;
|
|
947 int font_width;
|
|
948 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
949
|
|
950 /* We might be getting called on a non-leaf. */
|
|
951 if (NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
952 return 0;
|
|
953
|
|
954 /* The minibuffer never has margins. */
|
|
955 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
956 return 0;
|
|
957
|
|
958 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
959 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
960 margin_cwidth = (left_margin ? XINT (w->left_margin_width) :
|
|
961 XINT (w->right_margin_width));
|
|
962
|
|
963 default_face_height_and_width (window, 0, &font_width);
|
|
964
|
|
965 /* The left margin takes precedence over the right margin so we
|
|
966 subtract its width from the space available for the right
|
|
967 margin. */
|
|
968 if (!left_margin)
|
|
969 window_cwidth -= XINT (w->left_margin_width);
|
|
970
|
|
971 /* The margin cannot be wider than the window is. We allow the
|
|
972 value to be bigger since it is possible for the user to enlarge
|
|
973 the window such that the left margin value would no longer be too
|
|
974 big, but we won't return a value that is larger. */
|
|
975 if (margin_cwidth > window_cwidth)
|
|
976 margin_cwidth = window_cwidth;
|
|
977
|
|
978 /* At the user level the margin is always specified in characters.
|
|
979 Internally however it is manipulated in terms of pixels. */
|
|
980 return margin_cwidth * font_width;
|
|
981 }
|
|
982
|
|
983 int
|
|
984 window_left_margin_width (struct window *w)
|
|
985 {
|
|
986 return margin_width_internal (w, 1);
|
|
987 }
|
|
988
|
|
989 int
|
|
990 window_right_margin_width (struct window *w)
|
|
991 {
|
|
992 return margin_width_internal (w, 0);
|
|
993 }
|
|
994
|
|
995 /*****************************************************************************
|
|
996 Window Gutters
|
|
997
|
|
998 The gutters of a window are those areas in the boundary defined by
|
|
999 w->pixel_top, w->pixel_left, w->pixel_height and w->pixel_width which
|
|
1000 do not contain text. Items which may be in the gutters include
|
|
1001 scrollbars, toolbars and modelines. The margin areas are not
|
|
1002 included. This is an exception made because redisplay special cases
|
|
1003 the handling of those areas in many places in such a way that
|
|
1004 including them in the gutter area would make life difficult.
|
|
1005
|
|
1006 The size functions refer to height for the bottom and top gutters and
|
|
1007 width for the left and right gutters. The starting position
|
|
1008 functions refer to the Y coord for bottom and top gutters and the X
|
|
1009 coord for left and right gutters. All starting positions are
|
|
1010 relative to the frame, not the window.
|
|
1011 ****************************************************************************/
|
|
1012
|
|
1013 int
|
|
1014 window_top_gutter_height (struct window *w)
|
|
1015 {
|
|
1016 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_TOP_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1017
|
|
1018 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1019 return 0;
|
|
1020
|
|
1021 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1022 if (!NILP (w->scrollbar_on_top_p))
|
|
1023 return window_scrollbar_height (w) + gutter;
|
|
1024 else
|
|
1025 #endif
|
|
1026 return gutter;
|
|
1027 }
|
|
1028
|
|
1029 int
|
|
1030 window_bottom_gutter_height (struct window *w)
|
|
1031 {
|
|
1032 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_BOTTOM_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1033
|
|
1034 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1035 return 0;
|
|
1036
|
|
1037 gutter += window_modeline_height (w);
|
|
1038
|
|
1039 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1040 if (NILP (w->scrollbar_on_top_p))
|
|
1041 return window_scrollbar_height (w) + gutter;
|
|
1042 else
|
|
1043 #endif
|
|
1044 return gutter;
|
|
1045 }
|
|
1046
|
|
1047 int
|
|
1048 window_left_gutter_width (struct window *w, int modeline)
|
|
1049 {
|
|
1050 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_LEFT_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1051
|
|
1052 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1053 return 0;
|
|
1054
|
|
1055 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1056 if (!modeline && !NILP (w->scrollbar_on_left_p))
|
|
1057 gutter += window_scrollbar_width (w);
|
|
1058 #endif
|
|
1059
|
|
1060 return gutter;
|
|
1061 }
|
|
1062
|
|
1063 int
|
|
1064 window_right_gutter_width (struct window *w, int modeline)
|
|
1065 {
|
|
1066 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_RIGHT_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1067
|
|
1068 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1069 return 0;
|
|
1070
|
|
1071 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1072 if (!modeline && NILP (w->scrollbar_on_left_p))
|
|
1073 gutter += window_scrollbar_width (w);
|
|
1074 #endif
|
|
1075
|
|
1076 if (window_needs_vertical_divider (w))
|
|
1077 gutter += window_divider_width (w);
|
|
1078
|
|
1079 return gutter;
|
|
1080 }
|
|
1081
|
|
1082
|
|
1083 DEFUN ("windowp", Fwindowp, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1084 Return t if OBJ is a window.
|
|
1085 */
|
|
1086 (obj))
|
|
1087 {
|
|
1088 return WINDOWP (obj) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1089 }
|
|
1090
|
|
1091 DEFUN ("window-live-p", Fwindow_live_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1092 Return t if OBJ is a window which is currently visible.
|
|
1093 */
|
|
1094 (obj))
|
|
1095 {
|
|
1096 return WINDOWP (obj) && WINDOW_LIVE_P (XWINDOW (obj)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1097 }
|
|
1098
|
|
1099 DEFUN ("selected-window", Fselected_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1100 Return the window that the cursor now appears in and commands apply to.
|
|
1101 If the optional argument CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is specified and is a frame, return
|
|
1102 the selected window used by that frame. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a device,
|
|
1103 then the selected frame on that device will be used. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME
|
|
1104 is a console, the selected frame on that console's selected device will
|
|
1105 be used. Otherwise, the selected frame is used.
|
|
1106 */
|
|
1107 (con_dev_or_frame))
|
|
1108 {
|
|
1109 if (NILP (con_dev_or_frame) && NILP (Fselected_device (Qnil)))
|
|
1110 return Qnil; /* happens at startup */
|
|
1111
|
|
1112 {
|
|
1113 struct frame *f = decode_frame_or_selected (con_dev_or_frame);
|
|
1114 return FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
|
|
1115 }
|
|
1116 }
|
|
1117
|
|
1118 DEFUN ("last-nonminibuf-window", Flast_nonminibuf_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1119 Return the last selected window that is not a minibuffer window.
|
|
1120 If the optional argument CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is specified and is a frame,
|
|
1121 return the last non-minibuffer window used by that frame. If
|
|
1122 CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a device, then the selected frame on that device
|
|
1123 will be used. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a console, the selected frame on
|
|
1124 that console's selected device will be used. Otherwise, the selected
|
|
1125 frame is used.
|
|
1126 */
|
|
1127 (con_dev_or_frame))
|
|
1128 {
|
|
1129 if (NILP (con_dev_or_frame) && NILP (Fselected_device (Qnil)))
|
|
1130 return Qnil; /* happens at startup */
|
|
1131
|
|
1132 {
|
|
1133 struct frame *f = decode_frame_or_selected (con_dev_or_frame);
|
|
1134 return FRAME_LAST_NONMINIBUF_WINDOW (f);
|
|
1135 }
|
|
1136 }
|
|
1137
|
|
1138 DEFUN ("minibuffer-window", Fminibuffer_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1139 Return the window used now for minibuffers.
|
|
1140 If the optional argument CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is specified and is a frame, return
|
|
1141 the minibuffer window used by that frame. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a device,
|
|
1142 then the selected frame on that device will be used. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME
|
|
1143 is a console, the selected frame on that console's selected device will
|
|
1144 be used. Otherwise, the selected frame is used.
|
|
1145 */
|
|
1146 (con_dev_or_frame))
|
|
1147 {
|
|
1148 return FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (decode_frame_or_selected (con_dev_or_frame));
|
|
1149 }
|
|
1150
|
|
1151 DEFUN ("window-minibuffer-p", Fwindow_minibuffer_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1152 Return non-nil if WINDOW is a minibuffer window.
|
|
1153 */
|
|
1154 (window))
|
|
1155 {
|
|
1156 return MINI_WINDOW_P (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1157 }
|
|
1158
|
|
1159 DEFUN ("window-first-hchild", Fwindow_first_hchild, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1160 Return the first horizontal child of WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1161 */
|
|
1162 (window))
|
|
1163 {
|
|
1164 return decode_window (window)->hchild;
|
|
1165 }
|
|
1166
|
|
1167 DEFUN ("window-first-vchild", Fwindow_first_vchild, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1168 Return the first vertical child of WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1169 */
|
|
1170 (window))
|
|
1171 {
|
|
1172 return decode_window (window)->vchild;
|
|
1173 }
|
|
1174
|
|
1175 DEFUN ("window-next-child", Fwindow_next_child, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1176 Return the next window on the same level as WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1177 */
|
|
1178 (window))
|
|
1179 {
|
|
1180 return decode_window (window)->next;
|
|
1181 }
|
|
1182
|
|
1183 DEFUN ("window-previous-child", Fwindow_previous_child, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1184 Return the previous window on the same level as WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1185 */
|
|
1186 (window))
|
|
1187 {
|
|
1188 return decode_window (window)->prev;
|
|
1189 }
|
|
1190
|
|
1191 DEFUN ("window-parent", Fwindow_parent, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1192 Return the parent of WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1193 */
|
|
1194 (window))
|
|
1195 {
|
|
1196 return decode_window (window)->parent;
|
|
1197 }
|
|
1198
|
|
1199 DEFUN ("window-lowest-p", Fwindow_lowest_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1200 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the bottom of its frame.
|
|
1201 */
|
|
1202 (window))
|
|
1203 {
|
|
1204 return window_is_lowest (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1205 }
|
|
1206
|
|
1207 DEFUN ("window-highest-p", Fwindow_highest_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1208 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the top of its frame.
|
|
1209 */
|
|
1210 (window))
|
|
1211 {
|
|
1212 return window_is_highest (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1213 }
|
|
1214
|
|
1215 DEFUN ("window-leftmost-p", Fwindow_leftmost_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1216 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the left edge of its frame.
|
|
1217 */
|
|
1218 (window))
|
|
1219 {
|
|
1220 return window_is_leftmost (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1221 }
|
|
1222
|
|
1223 DEFUN ("window-rightmost-p", Fwindow_rightmost_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1224 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the right edge of its frame.
|
|
1225 */
|
|
1226 (window))
|
|
1227 {
|
|
1228 return window_is_rightmost (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1229 }
|
|
1230
|
|
1231 DEFUN ("pos-visible-in-window-p", Fpos_visible_in_window_p, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1232 Return t if position POS is currently on the frame in WINDOW.
|
|
1233 Returns nil if that position is scrolled vertically out of view.
|
|
1234 POS defaults to point in WINDOW's buffer; WINDOW, to the selected window.
|
|
1235 */
|
|
1236 (pos, window))
|
|
1237 {
|
|
1238 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1239 Bufpos top = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1240 Bufpos posint;
|
|
1241 struct buffer *buf = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
1242
|
|
1243 if (NILP (pos))
|
|
1244 posint = BUF_PT (buf);
|
|
1245 else
|
|
1246 {
|
|
1247 CHECK_INT_COERCE_MARKER (pos);
|
|
1248 posint = XINT (pos);
|
|
1249 }
|
|
1250
|
|
1251 if (posint < top || posint > BUF_ZV (buf))
|
|
1252 return Qnil;
|
|
1253
|
|
1254 /* w->start can be out of range. If it is, do something reasonable. */
|
|
1255 if (top < BUF_BEGV (buf) || top > BUF_ZV (buf))
|
|
1256 return Qnil;
|
|
1257
|
|
1258 return point_would_be_visible (w, top, posint) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1259 }
|
|
1260
|
|
1261
|
|
1262 struct window *
|
|
1263 decode_window (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
1264 {
|
|
1265 if (NILP (window))
|
|
1266 return XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil));
|
|
1267
|
|
1268 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
1269 return XWINDOW (window);
|
|
1270 }
|
|
1271
|
|
1272 DEFUN ("window-buffer", Fwindow_buffer, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1273 Return the buffer that WINDOW is displaying.
|
|
1274 */
|
|
1275 (window))
|
|
1276 {
|
|
1277 return decode_window (window)->buffer;
|
|
1278 }
|
|
1279
|
|
1280 DEFUN ("window-frame", Fwindow_frame, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1281 Return the frame that window WINDOW is on.
|
|
1282 */
|
|
1283 (window))
|
|
1284 {
|
|
1285 return decode_window (window)->frame;
|
|
1286 }
|
|
1287
|
|
1288 DEFUN ("window-height", Fwindow_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1289 Return the number of default lines in WINDOW.
|
|
1290 This actually works by dividing the window's pixel height (including
|
|
1291 the modeline and horizontal scrollbar, if any) by the height of the
|
|
1292 default font; therefore, the number of displayed lines will probably
|
|
1293 be different.
|
|
1294 Use `window-height' to get consistent results in geometry calculations.
|
|
1295 Use `window-displayed-height' to get the actual number of lines
|
|
1296 currently displayed in a window.
|
|
1297 */
|
|
1298 (window))
|
|
1299 {
|
|
1300 return make_int (window_char_height (decode_window (window), 1));
|
|
1301 }
|
|
1302
|
|
1303 DEFUN ("window-displayed-height", Fwindow_displayed_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1304 Return the number of lines currently displayed in WINDOW.
|
|
1305 This counts the actual number of lines displayed in WINDOW
|
|
1306 \(as opposed to `window-height'). The modeline and horizontal
|
|
1307 scrollbar do not count as lines. If there is some blank space
|
|
1308 between the end of the buffer and the end of the window, this
|
|
1309 function pretends that there are lines of text in the default
|
|
1310 font there.
|
|
1311 */
|
|
1312 (window))
|
|
1313 {
|
|
1314 return make_int (window_displayed_height (decode_window (window)));
|
|
1315 }
|
|
1316
|
|
1317 DEFUN ("window-pixel-height", Fwindow_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1318 Return the height of WINDOW in pixels. Defaults to current window.
|
|
1319 This includes the window's modeline and horizontal scrollbar (if any).
|
|
1320 */
|
|
1321 (window))
|
|
1322 {
|
|
1323 return make_int (decode_window (window)->pixel_height);
|
|
1324 }
|
|
1325
|
|
1326 DEFUN ("window-text-area-pixel-height",
|
|
1327 Fwindow_text_area_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1328 Return the height in pixels of the text-displaying portion of WINDOW.
|
|
1329 Unlike `window-pixel-height', the space occupied by the modeline and
|
|
1330 horizontal scrollbar, if any, is not counted.
|
|
1331 */
|
|
1332 (window))
|
|
1333 {
|
|
1334 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1335
|
|
1336 return make_int (WINDOW_TEXT_HEIGHT (w));
|
|
1337 }
|
|
1338
|
|
1339 DEFUN ("window-displayed-text-pixel-height",
|
|
1340 Fwindow_displayed_text_pixel_height, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1341 Return the height in pixels of the text displayed in WINDOW.
|
|
1342 Unlike `window-text-area-pixel-height', any blank space below the
|
|
1343 end of the buffer is not included. If optional argument NOCLIPPED
|
|
1344 is non-nil, do not include space occupied by clipped lines.
|
|
1345 */
|
|
1346 (window, noclipped))
|
|
1347 {
|
|
1348 struct window *w;
|
|
1349 Bufpos start, eobuf;
|
|
1350 int defheight;
|
|
1351 int hlimit, height, prev_height = -1;
|
|
1352 int line;
|
|
1353 int elt, nelt, i;
|
|
1354 int needed;
|
|
1355 line_start_cache_dynarr *cache;
|
|
1356
|
|
1357 if (NILP (window))
|
|
1358 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
1359
|
|
1360 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
1361 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
1362
|
|
1363 start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1364 hlimit = WINDOW_TEXT_HEIGHT (w);
|
|
1365 eobuf = BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
|
|
1366
|
|
1367 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, NULL);
|
|
1368
|
|
1369 /* guess lines needed in line start cache + a few extra */
|
|
1370 needed = (hlimit + defheight-1) / defheight + 3;
|
|
1371
|
|
1372 while (1) {
|
|
1373 elt = point_in_line_start_cache (w, start, needed);
|
|
1374 assert (elt >= 0); /* in the cache */
|
|
1375
|
|
1376 cache = w->line_start_cache;
|
|
1377 nelt = Dynarr_length (cache);
|
|
1378
|
|
1379 height = 0;
|
|
1380 for (i = elt; i < nelt; i++) {
|
|
1381 line = Dynarr_atp (cache, i)->height;
|
|
1382
|
|
1383 if (height + line > hlimit)
|
|
1384 return make_int (!NILP (noclipped) ? height : hlimit);
|
|
1385
|
|
1386 height += line;
|
|
1387
|
|
1388 if (height == hlimit || Dynarr_atp (cache, i)->end >= eobuf)
|
|
1389 return make_int (height);
|
|
1390 }
|
|
1391
|
|
1392 /* get here => need more cache lines. try again. */
|
|
1393 assert(height > prev_height); /* progress? */
|
|
1394 prev_height = height;
|
|
1395
|
|
1396 needed += ((hlimit - height)*(nelt - elt) + height-1)/height + 3;
|
|
1397 }
|
|
1398
|
|
1399 RETURN_NOT_REACHED(make_int (0)) /* shut up compiler */
|
|
1400 }
|
|
1401
|
|
1402 DEFUN ("window-width", Fwindow_width, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1403 Return the number of display columns in WINDOW.
|
|
1404 This is the width that is usable columns available for text in WINDOW.
|
|
1405 */
|
|
1406 (window))
|
|
1407 {
|
|
1408 return make_int (window_char_width (decode_window (window), 0));
|
|
1409 }
|
|
1410
|
|
1411 DEFUN ("window-pixel-width", Fwindow_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1412 Return the width of WINDOW in pixels. Defaults to current window.
|
|
1413 */
|
|
1414 (window))
|
|
1415 {
|
|
1416 return make_int (decode_window (window)->pixel_width);
|
|
1417 }
|
|
1418
|
|
1419 DEFUN ("window-text-area-pixel-width",
|
|
1420 Fwindow_text_area_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1421 Return the width in pixels of the text-displaying portion of WINDOW.
|
|
1422 Unlike `window-pixel-width', the space occupied by the vertical
|
|
1423 scrollbar or divider, if any, is not counted.
|
|
1424 */
|
|
1425 (window))
|
|
1426 {
|
|
1427 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1428
|
|
1429 return make_int (WINDOW_TEXT_WIDTH (w));
|
|
1430 }
|
|
1431
|
|
1432 DEFUN ("window-hscroll", Fwindow_hscroll, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1433 Return the number of columns by which WINDOW is scrolled from left margin.
|
|
1434 */
|
|
1435 (window))
|
|
1436 {
|
|
1437 return make_int (decode_window (window)->hscroll);
|
|
1438 }
|
|
1439
|
|
1440 #ifdef MODELINE_IS_SCROLLABLE
|
|
1441 DEFUN ("modeline-hscroll", Fmodeline_hscroll, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1442 Return the number of columns by which WINDOW's modeline is scrolled from
|
|
1443 left margin. If the window has no modeline, return nil.
|
|
1444 */
|
|
1445 (window))
|
|
1446 {
|
|
1447 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1448
|
|
1449 return (WINDOW_HAS_MODELINE_P (w)) ? make_int (w->modeline_hscroll) : Qnil;
|
|
1450 }
|
|
1451
|
|
1452 DEFUN ("set-modeline-hscroll", Fset_modeline_hscroll, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1453 Set number of columns WINDOW's modeline is scrolled from left margin to NCOL.
|
|
1454 NCOL should be zero or positive. If NCOL is negative, it will be forced to 0.
|
|
1455 If the window has no modeline, do nothing and return nil.
|
|
1456 */
|
|
1457 (window, ncol))
|
|
1458 {
|
|
1459 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1460
|
|
1461 if (WINDOW_HAS_MODELINE_P (w))
|
|
1462 {
|
|
1463 int ncols;
|
|
1464 CHECK_INT (ncol);
|
|
1465 ncols = XINT (ncol);
|
|
1466 if (ncols < 0) ncols = 0;
|
|
1467 if (w->modeline_hscroll != ncols)
|
|
1468 MARK_MODELINE_CHANGED;
|
|
1469 w->modeline_hscroll = ncols;
|
|
1470 return ncol;
|
|
1471 }
|
|
1472 return Qnil;
|
|
1473 }
|
|
1474 #endif /* MODELINE_IS_SCROLLABLE */
|
|
1475
|
|
1476 DEFUN ("set-window-hscroll", Fset_window_hscroll, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1477 Set number of columns WINDOW is scrolled from left margin to NCOL.
|
|
1478 NCOL should be zero or positive.
|
|
1479 */
|
|
1480 (window, ncol))
|
|
1481 {
|
|
1482 struct window *w;
|
|
1483 int ncols;
|
|
1484
|
|
1485 CHECK_INT (ncol);
|
|
1486 ncols = XINT (ncol);
|
|
1487 if (ncols < 0) ncols = 0;
|
|
1488 w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1489 if (w->hscroll != ncols)
|
|
1490 MARK_CLIP_CHANGED; /* FSF marks differently but we aren't FSF. */
|
|
1491 w->hscroll = ncols;
|
|
1492 return ncol;
|
|
1493 }
|
|
1494
|
|
1495 #if 0 /* bogus FSF crock */
|
|
1496
|
|
1497 xxDEFUN ("window-redisplay-end-trigger",
|
|
1498 Fwindow_redisplay_end_trigger, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1499 Return WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value.
|
|
1500 See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger' for more information.
|
|
1501 */
|
|
1502 (window))
|
|
1503 {
|
|
1504 return decode_window (window)->redisplay_end_trigger;
|
|
1505 }
|
|
1506
|
|
1507 xxDEFUN ("set-window-redisplay-end-trigger",
|
|
1508 Fset_window_redisplay_end_trigger, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1509 Set WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value to VALUE.
|
|
1510 VALUE should be a buffer position (typically a marker) or nil.
|
|
1511 If it is a buffer position, then if redisplay in WINDOW reaches a position
|
|
1512 beyond VALUE, the functions in `redisplay-end-trigger-functions' are called
|
|
1513 with two arguments: WINDOW, and the end trigger value.
|
|
1514 Afterwards the end-trigger value is reset to nil.
|
|
1515 */
|
|
1516 (window, value))
|
|
1517 {
|
|
1518 return (decode_window (window)->redisplay_end_trigger = value);
|
|
1519 }
|
|
1520
|
|
1521 #endif /* 0 */
|
|
1522
|
|
1523 DEFUN ("window-pixel-edges", Fwindow_pixel_edges, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1524 Return a list of the pixel edge coordinates of WINDOW.
|
|
1525 \(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame.
|
|
1526 The frame toolbars and menubars are considered to be outside of this area.
|
|
1527 */
|
|
1528 (window))
|
|
1529 {
|
|
1530 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1531 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
1532
|
|
1533 int left = w->pixel_left - FRAME_LEFT_BORDER_END (f);
|
|
1534 int top = w->pixel_top - FRAME_TOP_BORDER_END (f);
|
|
1535
|
|
1536 return list4 (make_int (left),
|
|
1537 make_int (top),
|
|
1538 make_int (left + w->pixel_width),
|
|
1539 make_int (top + w->pixel_height));
|
|
1540 }
|
|
1541
|
|
1542 DEFUN ("window-text-area-pixel-edges",
|
|
1543 Fwindow_text_area_pixel_edges, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1544 Return a list of the pixel edge coordinates of the text area of WINDOW.
|
|
1545 Returns the list \(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at the
|
|
1546 top left corner of the window.
|
|
1547 */
|
|
1548 (window))
|
|
1549 {
|
|
1550 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1551
|
|
1552 int left = window_left_gutter_width (w, /* modeline = */ 0);
|
|
1553 int top = window_top_gutter_height (w);
|
|
1554 int right = WINDOW_WIDTH (w) - window_right_gutter_width (w, 0);
|
|
1555 int bottom = WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) - window_bottom_gutter_height (w);
|
|
1556
|
|
1557 return list4 (make_int (left),
|
|
1558 make_int (top),
|
|
1559 make_int (right),
|
|
1560 make_int (bottom));
|
|
1561 }
|
|
1562
|
|
1563 DEFUN ("window-point", Fwindow_point, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1564 Return current value of point in WINDOW.
|
|
1565 For a nonselected window, this is the value point would have
|
|
1566 if that window were selected.
|
|
1567
|
|
1568 Note that, when WINDOW is the selected window and its buffer
|
|
1569 is also currently selected, the value returned is the same as (point).
|
|
1570 It would be more strictly correct to return the `top-level' value
|
|
1571 of point, outside of any save-excursion forms.
|
|
1572 But that is hard to define.
|
|
1573 */
|
|
1574 (window))
|
|
1575 {
|
|
1576 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1577
|
|
1578 /* The special check for current buffer is necessary for this
|
|
1579 function to work as defined when called within an excursion. */
|
|
1580 if (w == XWINDOW (Fselected_window (XFRAME (w->frame)->device))
|
|
1581 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
|
1582 return Fpoint (Qnil);
|
|
1583 return Fmarker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1584 }
|
|
1585
|
|
1586 DEFUN ("window-start", Fwindow_start, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1587 Return position at which display currently starts in WINDOW.
|
|
1588 This is updated by redisplay or by calling `set-window-start'.
|
|
1589 */
|
|
1590 (window))
|
|
1591 {
|
|
1592 return Fmarker_position (decode_window (window)->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1593 }
|
|
1594
|
|
1595 DEFUN ("window-end", Fwindow_end, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1596 Return position at which display currently ends in WINDOW.
|
|
1597 This is updated by redisplay, when it runs to completion.
|
|
1598 Simply changing the buffer text or setting `window-start'
|
|
1599 does not update this value.
|
|
1600 If GUARANTEE is non-nil, then the return value is guaranteed to be
|
|
1601 the value of window-end at the end of the next full redisplay assuming
|
|
1602 nothing else changes in the meantime. This function is potentially much
|
|
1603 slower with this flag set.
|
|
1604 */
|
|
1605 (window, guarantee))
|
|
1606 {
|
|
1607 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1608
|
|
1609 if (NILP (guarantee))
|
|
1610 {
|
|
1611 Lisp_Object buf;
|
|
1612 buf = w->buffer;
|
|
1613 CHECK_BUFFER (buf);
|
|
1614 return make_int (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (buf)) - w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1615 }
|
|
1616 else
|
|
1617 {
|
|
1618 Bufpos startp = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1619 return make_int (end_of_last_line (w, startp));
|
|
1620 }
|
|
1621 }
|
|
1622
|
|
1623 DEFUN ("set-window-point", Fset_window_point, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1624 Make point value in WINDOW be at position POS in WINDOW's buffer.
|
|
1625 */
|
|
1626 (window, pos))
|
|
1627 {
|
|
1628 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1629
|
|
1630 CHECK_INT_COERCE_MARKER (pos);
|
|
1631 if (w == XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
1632 Fgoto_char (pos, Qnil);
|
|
1633 else
|
|
1634 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], pos, w->buffer);
|
|
1635
|
|
1636 MARK_POINT_CHANGED;
|
|
1637 return pos;
|
|
1638 }
|
|
1639
|
|
1640 DEFUN ("set-window-start", Fset_window_start, 2, 3, 0, /*
|
|
1641 Make display in WINDOW start at position POS in WINDOW's buffer.
|
|
1642 Optional third arg NOFORCE non-nil inhibits next redisplay
|
|
1643 from overriding motion of point in order to display at this exact start.
|
|
1644 */
|
|
1645 (window, pos, noforce))
|
|
1646 {
|
|
1647 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1648
|
|
1649 CHECK_INT_COERCE_MARKER (pos);
|
|
1650 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], pos, w->buffer);
|
|
1651 /* this is not right, but much easier than doing what is right. */
|
|
1652 /* w->start_at_line_beg = 0; */
|
|
1653 /* WTF is the above supposed to mean? GE */
|
|
1654 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (XBUFFER (w->buffer),
|
|
1655 marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]));
|
|
1656 if (NILP (noforce))
|
|
1657 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
1658 w->redo_modeline = 1;
|
|
1659 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 0);
|
|
1660 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
1661
|
|
1662 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
1663
|
|
1664 return pos;
|
|
1665 }
|
|
1666
|
|
1667 DEFUN ("window-dedicated-p", Fwindow_dedicated_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1668 Return WINDOW's dedicated object, usually t or nil.
|
|
1669 See also `set-window-dedicated-p'.
|
|
1670 */
|
|
1671 (window))
|
|
1672 {
|
|
1673 return decode_window (window)->dedicated;
|
|
1674 }
|
|
1675
|
|
1676 DEFUN ("set-window-dedicated-p", Fset_window_dedicated_p, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1677 Control whether WINDOW is dedicated to the buffer it displays.
|
|
1678 If it is dedicated, Emacs will not automatically change
|
|
1679 which buffer appears in it.
|
|
1680 The second argument is the new value for the dedication flag;
|
|
1681 non-nil means yes.
|
|
1682 */
|
|
1683 (window, arg))
|
|
1684 {
|
|
1685 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1686
|
|
1687 w->dedicated = NILP (arg) ? Qnil : Qt;
|
|
1688
|
|
1689 return w->dedicated;
|
|
1690 }
|
|
1691
|
|
1692 /* FSFmacs has window-display-table here. We have display table as a
|
|
1693 specifier. */
|
|
1694
|
|
1695
|
|
1696 /* Record info on buffer window w is displaying
|
|
1697 when it is about to cease to display that buffer. */
|
|
1698 static void
|
|
1699 unshow_buffer (struct window *w)
|
|
1700 {
|
|
1701 Lisp_Object buf = w->buffer;
|
|
1702
|
|
1703 if (XBUFFER (buf) != XMARKER (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP])->buffer)
|
|
1704 abort ();
|
|
1705
|
|
1706 /* FSF disables this check, so I'll do it too. I hope it won't
|
|
1707 break things. --ben */
|
|
1708 #if 0
|
|
1709 if (w == XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))
|
|
1710 || ! EQ (buf, XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))->buffer))
|
|
1711 /* Do this except when the selected window's buffer
|
|
1712 is being removed from some other window. */
|
|
1713 #endif
|
|
1714 /* last_window_start records the start position that this buffer
|
|
1715 had in the last window to be disconnected from it.
|
|
1716 Now that this statement is unconditional,
|
|
1717 it is possible for the buffer to be displayed in the
|
|
1718 selected window, while last_window_start reflects another
|
|
1719 window which was recently showing the same buffer.
|
|
1720 Some people might say that might be a good thing. Let's see. */
|
|
1721 XBUFFER (buf)->last_window_start =
|
|
1722 marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1723
|
|
1724 /* Point in the selected window's buffer
|
|
1725 is actually stored in that buffer, and the window's pointm isn't used.
|
|
1726 So don't clobber point in that buffer. */
|
|
1727 if (! EQ (buf, XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))->buffer))
|
|
1728 {
|
|
1729 struct buffer *b= XBUFFER (buf);
|
|
1730 BUF_SET_PT (b, bufpos_clip_to_bounds (BUF_BEGV (b),
|
|
1731 marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]),
|
|
1732 BUF_ZV (b)));
|
|
1733 }
|
|
1734 }
|
|
1735
|
|
1736 /* Put REPLACEMENT into the window structure in place of OLD. */
|
|
1737 static void
|
|
1738 replace_window (Lisp_Object old, Lisp_Object replacement)
|
|
1739 {
|
|
1740 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
1741 struct window *o = XWINDOW (old), *p = XWINDOW (replacement);
|
|
1742
|
|
1743 /* If OLD is its frame's root_window, then replacement is the new
|
|
1744 root_window for that frame. */
|
|
1745
|
|
1746 if (EQ (old, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (o->frame))))
|
|
1747 FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (o->frame)) = replacement;
|
|
1748
|
|
1749 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (o);
|
|
1750 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (o);
|
|
1751 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (o);
|
|
1752 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o);
|
|
1753
|
|
1754 p->next = tem = o->next;
|
|
1755 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
1756 XWINDOW (tem)->prev = replacement;
|
|
1757
|
|
1758 p->prev = tem = o->prev;
|
|
1759 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
1760 XWINDOW (tem)->next = replacement;
|
|
1761
|
|
1762 p->parent = tem = o->parent;
|
|
1763 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
1764 {
|
|
1765 if (EQ (XWINDOW (tem)->vchild, old))
|
|
1766 XWINDOW (tem)->vchild = replacement;
|
|
1767 if (EQ (XWINDOW (tem)->hchild, old))
|
|
1768 XWINDOW (tem)->hchild = replacement;
|
|
1769 }
|
|
1770
|
|
1771 /* #### Here, if replacement is a vertical combination
|
|
1772 and so is its new parent, we should make replacement's
|
|
1773 children be children of that parent instead. */
|
|
1774 }
|
|
1775
|
|
1776 /* we're deleting W; set the structure of W to indicate this. */
|
|
1777
|
|
1778 static void
|
|
1779 mark_window_as_deleted (struct window *w)
|
|
1780 {
|
|
1781 /* In the loop
|
|
1782 (while t (split-window) (delete-window))
|
|
1783 we end up with a tree of deleted windows which are all connected
|
|
1784 through the `next' slot. This might not seem so bad, as they're
|
|
1785 deleted, and will presumably be GCed - but if even *one* of those
|
|
1786 windows is still being pointed to, by the user, or by a window
|
|
1787 configuration, then *all* of those windows stick around.
|
|
1788
|
|
1789 Since the window-configuration code doesn't need any of the
|
|
1790 pointers to other windows (they are all recreated from the
|
|
1791 window-config data), we set them all to nil so that we
|
|
1792 are able to collect more actual garbage.
|
|
1793 */
|
|
1794 w->next = Qnil;
|
|
1795 w->prev = Qnil;
|
|
1796 w->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
1797 w->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
1798 w->parent = Qnil;
|
|
1799
|
|
1800 w->dead = 1;
|
|
1801
|
|
1802 /* Free the extra data structures attached to windows immediately so
|
|
1803 they don't sit around consuming excess space. They will be
|
|
1804 reinitialized by the window-configuration code as necessary. */
|
|
1805 finalize_window ((void *) w, 0);
|
|
1806 }
|
|
1807
|
|
1808 DEFUN ("delete-window", Fdelete_window, 0, 2, "", /*
|
|
1809 Remove WINDOW from the display. Default is selected window.
|
|
1810 If window is the only one on the frame, the frame is destroyed.
|
|
1811 Normally, you cannot delete the last non-minibuffer-only frame (you must
|
|
1812 use `save-buffers-kill-emacs' or `kill-emacs'). However, if optional
|
|
1813 second argument FORCE is non-nil, you can delete the last frame. (This
|
|
1814 will automatically call `save-buffers-kill-emacs'.)
|
|
1815 */
|
|
1816 (window, force))
|
|
1817 {
|
|
1818 /* This function can GC if this is the only window in the frame */
|
|
1819 struct window *w;
|
|
1820 Lisp_Object parent;
|
|
1821 struct window *par;
|
|
1822 Lisp_Object frame;
|
|
1823 struct frame *f;
|
|
1824 struct device *d;
|
|
1825
|
|
1826 /* Note: this function is called by other C code on non-leaf
|
|
1827 windows. */
|
|
1828
|
|
1829 /* Do the equivalent of decode_window() but don't error out on
|
|
1830 deleted window; it's OK to delete an already-deleted window. */
|
|
1831 if (NILP (window))
|
|
1832 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
1833 else
|
|
1834 CHECK_WINDOW (window);
|
|
1835 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
1836
|
|
1837 /* It's okay to delete an already-deleted window. */
|
|
1838 if (! WINDOW_LIVE_P (w))
|
|
1839 return Qnil;
|
|
1840
|
|
1841 frame = WINDOW_FRAME (w);
|
|
1842 f = XFRAME (frame);
|
|
1843 d = XDEVICE (FRAME_DEVICE (f));
|
|
1844
|
|
1845 if (TOP_LEVEL_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
1846 {
|
|
1847 if (NILP (memq_no_quit (frame, DEVICE_FRAME_LIST (d))))
|
|
1848 /* this frame isn't fully initialized yet; don't blow up. */
|
|
1849 return Qnil;
|
|
1850
|
|
1851 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)))
|
|
1852 error ("Attempt to delete the minibuffer window");
|
|
1853
|
|
1854 /* It has been suggested that it's a good thing for C-x 0 to have this
|
|
1855 behavior, but not such a good idea for #'delete-window to have it.
|
|
1856 Maybe C-x 0 should be bound to something else, or maybe frame
|
|
1857 deletion should only happen when this is called interactively.
|
|
1858 */
|
|
1859 delete_frame_internal (f, !NILP (force), 0, 0);
|
|
1860 return Qnil;
|
|
1861 }
|
|
1862
|
|
1863 /* At this point, we know the window has a parent. */
|
|
1864 parent = w->parent;
|
|
1865 par = XWINDOW (parent);
|
|
1866
|
|
1867 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
430
|
1868 /* It's quite likely that deleting a window will result in
|
|
1869 subwindows needing to be deleted also (since they are cached
|
|
1870 per-window). So we mark them as changed, so that the cachels will
|
|
1871 get reset by redisplay and thus deleted subwindows can get
|
|
1872 GC'd. */
|
|
1873 MARK_FRAME_SUBWINDOWS_CHANGED (f);
|
428
|
1874
|
|
1875 /* Are we trying to delete any frame's selected window?
|
|
1876 Note that we could be dealing with a non-leaf window
|
|
1877 where the selected window is one of our children.
|
|
1878 So, we check by scanning all the ancestors of the
|
|
1879 frame's selected window and comparing each one with
|
|
1880 WINDOW. */
|
|
1881 {
|
|
1882 Lisp_Object pwindow;
|
|
1883
|
|
1884 pwindow = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
|
|
1885
|
|
1886 while (!NILP (pwindow))
|
|
1887 {
|
|
1888 if (EQ (window, pwindow))
|
|
1889 break;
|
|
1890 pwindow = XWINDOW (pwindow)->parent;
|
|
1891 }
|
|
1892
|
|
1893 if (EQ (window, pwindow))
|
|
1894 {
|
|
1895 /* OK, we found it. */
|
|
1896 Lisp_Object alternative;
|
|
1897 alternative = Fnext_window (window, Qlambda, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
1898
|
|
1899 /* If we're about to delete the selected window on the
|
|
1900 selected frame, then we should use Fselect_window to select
|
|
1901 the new window. On the other hand, if we're about to
|
|
1902 delete the selected window on any other frame, we shouldn't do
|
|
1903 anything but set the frame's selected_window slot. */
|
|
1904 if (EQ (frame, Fselected_frame (Qnil)))
|
|
1905 Fselect_window (alternative, Qnil);
|
|
1906 else
|
|
1907 set_frame_selected_window (f, alternative);
|
|
1908 }
|
|
1909 }
|
|
1910
|
|
1911 /* w->buffer is nil in a non-leaf window; in this case,
|
|
1912 get rid of the markers we maintain that point into that buffer. */
|
|
1913 if (!NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
1914 {
|
|
1915 unshow_buffer (w);
|
|
1916 unchain_marker (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1917 unchain_marker (w->pointm[DESIRED_DISP]);
|
|
1918 unchain_marker (w->pointm[CMOTION_DISP]);
|
|
1919 unchain_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1920 unchain_marker (w->start[DESIRED_DISP]);
|
|
1921 unchain_marker (w->start[CMOTION_DISP]);
|
|
1922 unchain_marker (w->sb_point);
|
|
1923 /* This breaks set-window-configuration if windows in the saved
|
|
1924 configuration get deleted and multiple frames are in use. */
|
|
1925 /* w->buffer = Qnil; */
|
|
1926 }
|
|
1927
|
|
1928 /* close up the hole in the sibling list */
|
|
1929 if (!NILP (w->next))
|
|
1930 XWINDOW (w->next)->prev = w->prev;
|
|
1931 if (!NILP (w->prev))
|
|
1932 XWINDOW (w->prev)->next = w->next;
|
|
1933 if (EQ (window, par->hchild))
|
|
1934 par->hchild = w->next;
|
|
1935 if (EQ (window, par->vchild))
|
|
1936 par->vchild = w->next;
|
|
1937
|
|
1938 /* Find one of our siblings to give our space to. */
|
|
1939 {
|
|
1940 Lisp_Object sib = w->prev;
|
|
1941 if (NILP (sib))
|
|
1942 {
|
|
1943 /* If w gives its space to its next sibling, that sibling needs
|
|
1944 to have its top/left side pulled back to where w's is.
|
|
1945 set_window_{height,width} will re-position the sibling's
|
|
1946 children. */
|
|
1947 sib = w->next;
|
|
1948 WINDOW_TOP (XWINDOW (sib)) = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
1949 WINDOW_LEFT (XWINDOW (sib)) = WINDOW_LEFT (w);
|
|
1950 }
|
|
1951
|
|
1952 /* Stretch that sibling. */
|
|
1953 if (!NILP (par->vchild))
|
|
1954 set_window_pixheight
|
|
1955 (sib, (WINDOW_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (sib)) + WINDOW_HEIGHT (w)), 1);
|
|
1956 if (!NILP (par->hchild))
|
|
1957 set_window_pixwidth
|
|
1958 (sib, (WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (sib)) + WINDOW_WIDTH (w)), 1);
|
|
1959 }
|
|
1960
|
|
1961 /* If parent now has only one child,
|
|
1962 put the child into the parent's place. */
|
|
1963 {
|
|
1964 Lisp_Object parchild = par->hchild;
|
|
1965 if (NILP (parchild))
|
|
1966 parchild = par->vchild;
|
|
1967 if (NILP (XWINDOW (parchild)->next))
|
|
1968 {
|
|
1969 replace_window (parent, parchild);
|
|
1970 mark_window_as_deleted (XWINDOW (parent));
|
|
1971 }
|
|
1972 }
|
|
1973
|
|
1974 /* Since we may be deleting combination windows, we must make sure that
|
|
1975 not only W but all its children have been marked as deleted. */
|
|
1976 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
|
|
1977 delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->hchild));
|
|
1978 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1979 delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->vchild));
|
|
1980
|
|
1981 mark_window_as_deleted (w);
|
|
1982
|
|
1983 f->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
1984 return Qnil;
|
|
1985 }
|
|
1986
|
|
1987
|
|
1988 DEFUN ("next-window", Fnext_window, 0, 4, 0, /*
|
|
1989 Return next window after WINDOW in canonical ordering of windows.
|
|
1990 If omitted, WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
|
|
1991
|
|
1992 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
|
|
1993 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
|
|
1994 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
|
|
1995 minibuffer even if it is active.
|
|
1996
|
|
1997 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
|
|
1998 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
|
|
1999 too. Therefore, `next-window' can be used to iterate through the
|
|
2000 set of windows even when the minibuffer is on another frame. If the
|
|
2001 minibuffer does not count, only windows from WINDOW's frame count.
|
|
2002
|
|
2003 Optional third arg ALL-FRAMES t means include windows on all frames.
|
|
2004 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified
|
|
2005 above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
|
|
2006 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2007 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, restrict search to windows on that frame.
|
|
2008 Anything else means restrict to WINDOW's frame.
|
|
2009
|
|
2010 Optional fourth argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2011 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2012 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2013 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2014 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2015 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2016 on WINDOW's console. Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2017
|
|
2018 If you use consistent values for MINIBUF, ALL-FRAMES, and CONSOLE, you
|
|
2019 can use `next-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable
|
|
2020 windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with.
|
|
2021 `previous-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order.
|
|
2022 */
|
|
2023 (window, minibuf, all_frames, console))
|
|
2024 {
|
|
2025 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
2026 Lisp_Object start_window;
|
|
2027
|
|
2028 if (NILP (window))
|
|
2029 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
2030 else
|
|
2031 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
2032
|
|
2033 start_window = window;
|
|
2034
|
|
2035 /* minibuf == nil may or may not include minibuffers.
|
|
2036 Decide if it does. */
|
|
2037 if (NILP (minibuf))
|
|
2038 minibuf = (minibuf_level ? minibuf_window : Qlambda);
|
|
2039 else if (! EQ (minibuf, Qt))
|
|
2040 minibuf = Qlambda;
|
|
2041 /* Now minibuf can be t => count all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2042 lambda => count none of them,
|
|
2043 or a specific minibuffer window (the active one) to count. */
|
|
2044
|
|
2045 /* all_frames == nil doesn't specify which frames to include. */
|
|
2046 if (NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2047 all_frames = (! EQ (minibuf, Qlambda)
|
|
2048 ? (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW
|
|
2049 (XFRAME
|
|
2050 (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2051 (XWINDOW (window)))))
|
|
2052 : Qnil);
|
|
2053 else if (EQ (all_frames, Qvisible))
|
|
2054 ;
|
|
2055 else if (ZEROP (all_frames))
|
|
2056 ;
|
|
2057 else if (FRAMEP (all_frames) && ! EQ (all_frames, Fwindow_frame (window)))
|
|
2058 /* If all_frames is a frame and window arg isn't on that frame, just
|
|
2059 return the first window on the frame. */
|
|
2060 return frame_first_window (XFRAME (all_frames));
|
|
2061 else if (! EQ (all_frames, Qt))
|
|
2062 all_frames = Qnil;
|
|
2063 /* Now all_frames is t meaning search all frames,
|
|
2064 nil meaning search just current frame,
|
|
2065 visible meaning search just visible frames,
|
|
2066 0 meaning search visible and iconified frames,
|
|
2067 or a window, meaning search the frame that window belongs to. */
|
|
2068
|
|
2069 /* Do this loop at least once, to get the next window, and perhaps
|
|
2070 again, if we hit the minibuffer and that is not acceptable. */
|
|
2071 do
|
|
2072 {
|
|
2073 /* Find a window that actually has a next one. This loop
|
|
2074 climbs up the tree. */
|
|
2075 while (tem = XWINDOW (window)->next, NILP (tem))
|
|
2076 if (tem = XWINDOW (window)->parent, !NILP (tem))
|
|
2077 window = tem;
|
|
2078 else /* window must be minibuffer window now */
|
|
2079 {
|
|
2080 /* We've reached the end of this frame.
|
|
2081 Which other frames are acceptable? */
|
|
2082 tem = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
2083
|
|
2084 if (! NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2085 {
|
|
2086 Lisp_Object tem1;
|
|
2087
|
|
2088 tem1 = tem;
|
|
2089 tem = next_frame (tem, all_frames, console);
|
|
2090 /* In the case where the minibuffer is active,
|
|
2091 and we include its frame as well as the selected one,
|
|
2092 next_frame may get stuck in that frame.
|
|
2093 If that happens, go back to the selected frame
|
|
2094 so we can complete the cycle. */
|
|
2095 if (EQ (tem, tem1))
|
|
2096 XSETFRAME (tem, selected_frame ());
|
|
2097 }
|
|
2098
|
|
2099 tem = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (tem));
|
|
2100 break;
|
|
2101 }
|
|
2102
|
|
2103 window = tem;
|
|
2104
|
|
2105 /* If we're in a combination window, find its first child and
|
|
2106 recurse on that. Otherwise, we've found the window we want. */
|
|
2107 while (1)
|
|
2108 {
|
|
2109 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2110 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2111 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2112 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2113 else break;
|
|
2114 }
|
|
2115 }
|
|
2116 /* "acceptable" is the correct spelling. */
|
|
2117 /* Which windows are acceptable?
|
|
2118 Exit the loop and accept this window if
|
|
2119 this isn't a minibuffer window,
|
|
2120 or we're accepting all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2121 or this is the active minibuffer and we are accepting that one, or
|
|
2122 we've come all the way around and we're back at the original window. */
|
|
2123 while (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
|
|
2124 && ! EQ (minibuf, Qt)
|
|
2125 && ! EQ (minibuf, window)
|
|
2126 && ! EQ (window, start_window));
|
|
2127
|
|
2128 return window;
|
|
2129 }
|
|
2130
|
|
2131 DEFUN ("previous-window", Fprevious_window, 0, 4, 0, /*
|
|
2132 Return the window preceding WINDOW in canonical ordering of windows.
|
|
2133 If omitted, WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
|
|
2134
|
|
2135 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
|
|
2136 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
|
|
2137 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
|
|
2138 minibuffer even if it is active.
|
|
2139
|
|
2140 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
|
|
2141 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
|
|
2142 too. Therefore, `previous-window' can be used to iterate through
|
|
2143 the set of windows even when the minibuffer is on another frame. If
|
|
2144 the minibuffer does not count, only windows from WINDOW's frame count
|
|
2145
|
|
2146 If optional third arg ALL-FRAMES t means include windows on all frames.
|
|
2147 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified
|
|
2148 above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
|
|
2149 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2150 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, restrict search to windows on that frame.
|
|
2151 Anything else means restrict to WINDOW's frame.
|
|
2152
|
|
2153 Optional fourth argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2154 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2155 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2156 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2157 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2158 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2159 on WINDOW's console. Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2160
|
|
2161 If you use consistent values for MINIBUF, ALL-FRAMES, and CONSOLE, you
|
|
2162 can use `previous-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable
|
|
2163 windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with.
|
|
2164 `next-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order.
|
|
2165 */
|
|
2166 (window, minibuf, all_frames, console))
|
|
2167 {
|
|
2168 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
2169 Lisp_Object start_window;
|
|
2170
|
|
2171 if (NILP (window))
|
|
2172 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
2173 else
|
|
2174 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
2175
|
|
2176 start_window = window;
|
|
2177
|
|
2178 /* minibuf == nil may or may not include minibuffers.
|
|
2179 Decide if it does. */
|
|
2180 if (NILP (minibuf))
|
|
2181 minibuf = (minibuf_level ? minibuf_window : Qlambda);
|
|
2182 else if (! EQ (minibuf, Qt))
|
|
2183 minibuf = Qlambda;
|
|
2184 /* Now minibuf can be t => count all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2185 lambda => count none of them,
|
|
2186 or a specific minibuffer window (the active one) to count. */
|
|
2187
|
|
2188 /* all_frames == nil doesn't specify which frames to include.
|
|
2189 Decide which frames it includes. */
|
|
2190 if (NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2191 all_frames = (! EQ (minibuf, Qlambda)
|
|
2192 ? (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW
|
|
2193 (XFRAME
|
|
2194 (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2195 (XWINDOW (window)))))
|
|
2196 : Qnil);
|
|
2197 else if (EQ (all_frames, Qvisible))
|
|
2198 ;
|
|
2199 else if (ZEROP (all_frames))
|
|
2200 ;
|
|
2201 else if (FRAMEP (all_frames) && ! EQ (all_frames, Fwindow_frame (window)))
|
|
2202 /* If all_frames is a frame and window arg isn't on that frame, just
|
|
2203 return the first window on the frame. */
|
|
2204 return frame_first_window (XFRAME (all_frames));
|
|
2205 else if (! EQ (all_frames, Qt))
|
|
2206 all_frames = Qnil;
|
|
2207 /* Now all_frames is t meaning search all frames,
|
|
2208 nil meaning search just current frame,
|
|
2209 visible meaning search just visible frames,
|
|
2210 0 meaning search visible and iconified frames,
|
|
2211 or a window, meaning search the frame that window belongs to. */
|
|
2212
|
|
2213 /* Do this loop at least once, to get the next window, and perhaps
|
|
2214 again, if we hit the minibuffer and that is not acceptable. */
|
|
2215 do
|
|
2216 {
|
|
2217 /* Find a window that actually has a next one. This loop
|
|
2218 climbs up the tree. */
|
|
2219 while (tem = XWINDOW (window)->prev, NILP (tem))
|
|
2220 if (tem = XWINDOW (window)->parent, !NILP (tem))
|
|
2221 window = tem;
|
|
2222 else /* window must be minibuffer window now */
|
|
2223 {
|
|
2224 /* We have found the top window on the frame.
|
|
2225 Which frames are acceptable? */
|
|
2226 tem = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
2227
|
|
2228 if (! NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2229 /* It's actually important that we use prev_frame here,
|
|
2230 rather than next_frame. All the windows acceptable
|
|
2231 according to the given parameters should form a ring;
|
|
2232 Fnext_window and Fprevious_window should go back and
|
|
2233 forth around the ring. If we use next_frame here,
|
|
2234 then Fnext_window and Fprevious_window take different
|
|
2235 paths through the set of acceptable windows.
|
|
2236 window_loop assumes that these `ring' requirement are
|
|
2237 met. */
|
|
2238 {
|
|
2239 Lisp_Object tem1;
|
|
2240
|
|
2241 tem1 = tem;
|
|
2242 tem = prev_frame (tem, all_frames, console);
|
|
2243 /* In the case where the minibuffer is active,
|
|
2244 and we include its frame as well as the selected one,
|
|
2245 next_frame may get stuck in that frame.
|
|
2246 If that happens, go back to the selected frame
|
|
2247 so we can complete the cycle. */
|
|
2248 if (EQ (tem, tem1))
|
|
2249 XSETFRAME (tem, selected_frame ());
|
|
2250 }
|
|
2251
|
|
2252 /* If this frame has a minibuffer, find that window first,
|
|
2253 because it is conceptually the last window in that frame. */
|
|
2254 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (XFRAME (tem)))
|
|
2255 tem = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (tem));
|
|
2256 else
|
|
2257 tem = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (tem));
|
|
2258
|
|
2259 break;
|
|
2260 }
|
|
2261
|
|
2262 window = tem;
|
|
2263
|
|
2264 /* If we're in a combination window, find its first child and
|
|
2265 recurse on that. Otherwise, we've found the window we want. */
|
|
2266 while (1)
|
|
2267 {
|
|
2268 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2269 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2270 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2271 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2272 else break;
|
|
2273 while (tem = XWINDOW (window)->next, !NILP (tem))
|
|
2274 window = tem;
|
|
2275 }
|
|
2276 }
|
|
2277 /* Which windows are acceptable?
|
|
2278 Exit the loop and accept this window if
|
|
2279 this isn't a minibuffer window,
|
|
2280 or we're accepting all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2281 or this is the active minibuffer and we are accepting that one, or
|
|
2282 we've come all the way around and we're back at the original window. */
|
|
2283 while (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
|
|
2284 && ! EQ (minibuf, Qt)
|
|
2285 && ! EQ (minibuf, window)
|
|
2286 && ! EQ (window, start_window));
|
|
2287
|
|
2288 return window;
|
|
2289 }
|
|
2290
|
|
2291 DEFUN ("next-vertical-window", Fnext_vertical_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
2292 Return the next window which is vertically after WINDOW.
|
|
2293 */
|
|
2294 (window))
|
|
2295 {
|
|
2296 Lisp_Object root;
|
|
2297 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
2298 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
2299
|
|
2300 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)))
|
|
2301 return Qnil;
|
|
2302
|
|
2303 root = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
|
|
2304
|
|
2305 if (EQ (window, root))
|
|
2306 {
|
|
2307 while (1)
|
|
2308 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2309 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2310 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2311 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2312 else
|
|
2313 return window;
|
|
2314 }
|
|
2315
|
|
2316 do
|
|
2317 {
|
|
2318 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) &&
|
|
2319 !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->vchild))
|
|
2320 {
|
|
2321 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->next))
|
|
2322 return XWINDOW (window)->next;
|
|
2323 else
|
|
2324 window = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
2325 }
|
|
2326 else
|
|
2327 window = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
2328 }
|
|
2329 while (!EQ (window, root));
|
|
2330
|
|
2331 while (1)
|
|
2332 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2333 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2334 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2335 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2336 else
|
|
2337 return window;
|
|
2338 }
|
|
2339
|
|
2340 DEFUN ("other-window", Fother_window, 1, 3, "p", /*
|
|
2341 Select the N'th different window on this frame.
|
|
2342 All windows on current frame are arranged in a cyclic order.
|
|
2343 This command selects the window N steps away in that order.
|
|
2344 A negative N moves in the opposite order.
|
|
2345
|
|
2346 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2347 If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2348 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2349 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2350 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2351
|
|
2352 Optional third argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2353 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2354 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2355 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2356 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2357 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2358 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2359 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2360 */
|
|
2361 (n, frame, console))
|
|
2362 {
|
|
2363 int i;
|
|
2364 Lisp_Object w;
|
|
2365
|
|
2366 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
2367 w = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
2368 i = XINT (n);
|
|
2369
|
|
2370 while (i > 0)
|
|
2371 {
|
|
2372 w = Fnext_window (w, Qnil, frame, console);
|
|
2373 i--;
|
|
2374 }
|
|
2375 while (i < 0)
|
|
2376 {
|
|
2377 w = Fprevious_window (w, Qnil, frame, console);
|
|
2378 i++;
|
|
2379 }
|
|
2380 Fselect_window (w, Qnil);
|
|
2381 return Qnil;
|
|
2382 }
|
|
2383
|
|
2384
|
|
2385 /* Look at all windows, performing an operation specified by TYPE
|
|
2386 with argument OBJ.
|
|
2387
|
|
2388 If FRAMES is Qt, look at all frames, if Qnil, look at just the selected
|
|
2389 frame. If FRAMES is a frame, just look at windows on that frame.
|
|
2390 If MINI is non-zero, perform the operation on minibuffer windows too.
|
|
2391 */
|
|
2392
|
|
2393 enum window_loop
|
|
2394 {
|
|
2395 WINDOW_LOOP_UNUSED,
|
|
2396 GET_BUFFER_WINDOW, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2397 GET_LRU_WINDOW, /* Arg is t for full-width windows only */
|
|
2398 DELETE_OTHER_WINDOWS, /* Arg is window not to delete */
|
|
2399 DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2400 GET_LARGEST_WINDOW,
|
|
2401 UNSHOW_BUFFER, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2402 GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2403 GET_BUFFER_MRU_WINDOW /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2404 };
|
|
2405
|
|
2406 static Lisp_Object
|
|
2407 window_loop (enum window_loop type,
|
|
2408 Lisp_Object obj,
|
|
2409 int mini,
|
|
2410 Lisp_Object frames,
|
|
2411 int dedicated_too,
|
|
2412 Lisp_Object console)
|
|
2413 {
|
|
2414 /* This function can GC if type == DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS or UNSHOW_BUFFER */
|
|
2415 Lisp_Object w;
|
|
2416 Lisp_Object best_window = Qnil;
|
|
2417 Lisp_Object next_window;
|
|
2418 Lisp_Object last_window;
|
|
2419 struct frame *frame;
|
|
2420 Lisp_Object frame_arg = Qt;
|
|
2421 int count = 0; /* for GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT */
|
|
2422 /* #### I think the change of "precomputing" last_window and next_window
|
|
2423 * #### catch the lossage this is meant(?) to punt on...
|
|
2424 */
|
|
2425 int lose_lose = 0;
|
|
2426 Lisp_Object devcons, concons;
|
|
2427
|
|
2428 /* FRAME_ARG is Qlambda to stick to one frame,
|
|
2429 Qvisible to consider all visible frames,
|
|
2430 or Qt otherwise. */
|
|
2431
|
|
2432 /* If we're only looping through windows on a particular frame,
|
|
2433 FRAME points to that frame. If we're looping through windows
|
|
2434 on all frames, FRAME is 0. */
|
|
2435
|
|
2436 if (FRAMEP (frames))
|
|
2437 frame = XFRAME (frames);
|
|
2438 else if (NILP (frames))
|
|
2439 frame = selected_frame ();
|
|
2440 else
|
|
2441 frame = 0;
|
|
2442 if (frame)
|
|
2443 frame_arg = Qlambda;
|
|
2444 else if (ZEROP (frames))
|
|
2445 frame_arg = frames;
|
|
2446 else if (EQ (frames, Qvisible))
|
|
2447 frame_arg = frames;
|
|
2448
|
|
2449 DEVICE_LOOP_NO_BREAK (devcons, concons)
|
|
2450 {
|
|
2451 Lisp_Object device = XCAR (devcons);
|
|
2452 Lisp_Object the_frame;
|
|
2453
|
|
2454 if (frame)
|
|
2455 XSETFRAME (the_frame, frame);
|
|
2456 else
|
|
2457 the_frame = DEVICE_SELECTED_FRAME (XDEVICE (device));
|
|
2458
|
|
2459 if (NILP (the_frame))
|
|
2460 continue;
|
|
2461
|
|
2462 if (!device_matches_console_spec (the_frame, device, console))
|
|
2463 continue;
|
|
2464
|
|
2465 /* Pick a window to start with. */
|
|
2466 if (WINDOWP (obj))
|
|
2467 w = obj;
|
|
2468 else
|
|
2469 w = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (XFRAME (the_frame));
|
|
2470
|
|
2471 /* Figure out the last window we're going to mess with. Since
|
|
2472 Fnext_window, given the same options, is guaranteed to go in a
|
|
2473 ring, we can just use Fprevious_window to find the last one.
|
|
2474
|
|
2475 We can't just wait until we hit the first window again,
|
|
2476 because it might be deleted. */
|
|
2477
|
|
2478 last_window = Fprevious_window (w, mini ? Qt : Qnil, frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2479
|
|
2480 best_window = Qnil;
|
|
2481 for (;;)
|
|
2482 {
|
|
2483 struct window *p = XWINDOW (w);
|
|
2484 struct frame *w_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (p));
|
|
2485
|
|
2486 /* Pick the next window now, since some operations will delete
|
|
2487 the current window. */
|
|
2488 next_window = Fnext_window (w, mini ? Qt : Qnil, frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2489
|
|
2490 /* #### Still needed ?? */
|
|
2491 /* Given the outstanding quality of the rest of this code,
|
|
2492 I feel no shame about putting this piece of shit in. */
|
|
2493 if (++lose_lose >= 500)
|
|
2494 return Qnil;
|
|
2495
|
|
2496 /* Note that we do not pay attention here to whether
|
|
2497 the frame is visible, since Fnext_window skips non-visible frames
|
|
2498 if that is desired, under the control of frame_arg. */
|
|
2499 if (! MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2500 || (mini && minibuf_level > 0))
|
|
2501 switch (type)
|
|
2502 {
|
|
2503 case GET_BUFFER_WINDOW:
|
|
2504 {
|
|
2505 if (XBUFFER (p->buffer) == XBUFFER (obj))
|
|
2506 return w;
|
|
2507 break;
|
|
2508 }
|
|
2509
|
|
2510 case GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT:
|
|
2511 {
|
|
2512 if (XBUFFER (p->buffer) == XBUFFER (obj))
|
|
2513 count++;
|
|
2514 break;
|
|
2515 }
|
|
2516
|
|
2517 case GET_LRU_WINDOW:
|
|
2518 {
|
|
2519 /* t as arg means consider only full-width windows */
|
|
2520 if (!NILP (obj)
|
|
2521 && !window_full_width_p (p))
|
|
2522 break;
|
|
2523 /* Ignore dedicated windows and minibuffers. */
|
|
2524 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2525 || (dedicated_too ? 0 : !NILP (p->dedicated)))
|
|
2526 break;
|
|
2527 if (NILP (best_window)
|
|
2528 || (XINT (XWINDOW (best_window)->use_time)
|
|
2529 > XINT (p->use_time)))
|
|
2530 best_window = w;
|
|
2531 break;
|
|
2532 }
|
|
2533
|
|
2534 case GET_BUFFER_MRU_WINDOW:
|
|
2535 {
|
|
2536 /* #### what about the first check in GET_LRU_WINDOW? */
|
|
2537 /* Ignore dedicated windows and minibuffers. */
|
|
2538 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2539 || (dedicated_too ? 0 : !NILP (p->dedicated)))
|
|
2540 break;
|
|
2541
|
|
2542 if (XBUFFER (p->buffer) == XBUFFER (obj))
|
|
2543 {
|
|
2544 if (NILP (best_window)
|
|
2545 || (XINT (XWINDOW (best_window)->use_time)
|
|
2546 < XINT (p->use_time)))
|
|
2547 best_window = w;
|
|
2548 }
|
|
2549 break;
|
|
2550 }
|
|
2551
|
|
2552 case DELETE_OTHER_WINDOWS:
|
|
2553 {
|
|
2554 /* Don't delete the last window on a frame; this can
|
|
2555 happen when the minibuffer is selected, and would
|
|
2556 cause the frame to be deleted. */
|
|
2557 if (p != XWINDOW (obj) && !TOP_LEVEL_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (w)))
|
|
2558 Fdelete_window (w, Qnil);
|
|
2559 break;
|
|
2560 }
|
|
2561
|
|
2562 case DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS:
|
|
2563 {
|
|
2564 if (EQ (p->buffer, obj))
|
|
2565 {
|
|
2566 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (p));
|
|
2567
|
|
2568 /* If this window is dedicated, and in a frame
|
|
2569 of its own, kill the frame. */
|
|
2570 if (EQ (w, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))
|
|
2571 && !NILP (p->dedicated)
|
|
2572 && other_visible_frames (f))
|
|
2573 {
|
|
2574 /* Skip the other windows on this frame.
|
|
2575 There might be one, the minibuffer! */
|
|
2576 if (! EQ (w, last_window))
|
|
2577 while (f == XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2578 (XWINDOW (next_window))))
|
|
2579 {
|
|
2580 /* As we go, check for the end of the
|
|
2581 loop. We mustn't start going
|
|
2582 around a second time. */
|
|
2583 if (EQ (next_window, last_window))
|
|
2584 {
|
|
2585 last_window = w;
|
|
2586 break;
|
|
2587 }
|
|
2588 next_window = Fnext_window (next_window,
|
|
2589 mini ? Qt : Qnil,
|
|
2590 frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2591 }
|
|
2592 /* Now we can safely delete the frame. */
|
|
2593 Fdelete_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (p), Qnil);
|
|
2594 }
|
|
2595 else
|
|
2596 /* If we're deleting the buffer displayed in
|
|
2597 the only window on the frame, find a new
|
|
2598 buffer to display there. */
|
|
2599 if (NILP (p->parent))
|
|
2600 {
|
|
2601 Lisp_Object new_buffer;
|
|
2602 new_buffer = Fother_buffer (obj, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
2603 if (NILP (new_buffer))
|
|
2604 new_buffer = Fget_buffer_create (QSscratch);
|
|
2605 Fset_window_buffer (w, new_buffer);
|
|
2606 if (EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2607 Fset_buffer (p->buffer);
|
|
2608 }
|
|
2609 else
|
|
2610 Fdelete_window (w, Qnil);
|
|
2611 }
|
|
2612 break;
|
|
2613 }
|
|
2614
|
|
2615 case GET_LARGEST_WINDOW:
|
|
2616 {
|
|
2617 /* Ignore dedicated windows and minibuffers. */
|
|
2618 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2619 || (dedicated_too ? 0 : !NILP (p->dedicated)))
|
|
2620 break;
|
|
2621 {
|
|
2622 /* write the check as follows to avoid tripping
|
|
2623 error_check_window() --ben */
|
|
2624 struct window *b = NILP (best_window) ? 0 :
|
|
2625 XWINDOW (best_window);
|
|
2626 if (NILP (best_window)
|
|
2627 || ((WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) * WINDOW_WIDTH (p))
|
|
2628 > (WINDOW_HEIGHT (b) * WINDOW_WIDTH (b))))
|
|
2629 best_window = w;
|
|
2630 }
|
|
2631 break;
|
|
2632 }
|
|
2633
|
|
2634 case UNSHOW_BUFFER:
|
|
2635 {
|
|
2636 if (EQ (p->buffer, obj))
|
|
2637 {
|
|
2638 /* Find another buffer to show in this window. */
|
|
2639 Lisp_Object another_buffer =
|
|
2640 Fother_buffer (obj, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
2641 if (NILP (another_buffer))
|
|
2642 another_buffer
|
|
2643 = Fget_buffer_create (QSscratch);
|
|
2644 /* If this window is dedicated, and in a frame
|
|
2645 of its own, kill the frame. */
|
|
2646 if (EQ (w, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (w_frame))
|
|
2647 && !NILP (p->dedicated)
|
|
2648 && other_visible_frames (w_frame))
|
|
2649 {
|
|
2650 /* Skip the other windows on this frame.
|
|
2651 There might be one, the minibuffer! */
|
|
2652 if (! EQ (w, last_window))
|
|
2653 while (w_frame == XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2654 (XWINDOW (next_window))))
|
|
2655 {
|
|
2656 /* As we go, check for the end of the
|
|
2657 loop. We mustn't start going
|
|
2658 around a second time. */
|
|
2659 if (EQ (next_window, last_window))
|
|
2660 {
|
|
2661 last_window = w;
|
|
2662 break;
|
|
2663 }
|
|
2664 next_window = Fnext_window (next_window,
|
|
2665 mini ? Qt : Qnil,
|
|
2666 frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2667 }
|
|
2668 /* Now we can safely delete the frame. */
|
|
2669 delete_frame_internal (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (p)),
|
|
2670 0, 0, 0);
|
|
2671 }
|
|
2672 else
|
|
2673 {
|
|
2674 /* Otherwise show a different buffer in the
|
|
2675 window. */
|
|
2676 p->dedicated = Qnil;
|
|
2677 Fset_window_buffer (w, another_buffer);
|
|
2678 if (EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2679 Fset_buffer (p->buffer);
|
|
2680 }
|
|
2681 }
|
|
2682 break;
|
|
2683 }
|
|
2684
|
|
2685 default:
|
|
2686 abort ();
|
|
2687 }
|
|
2688
|
|
2689 if (EQ (w, last_window))
|
|
2690 break;
|
|
2691
|
|
2692 w = next_window;
|
|
2693 }
|
|
2694 }
|
|
2695
|
|
2696 return type == GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT ? make_int (count) : best_window;
|
|
2697 }
|
|
2698
|
|
2699 #if 0 /* not currently used */
|
|
2700
|
|
2701 int
|
|
2702 buffer_window_count (struct buffer *b, struct frame *f)
|
|
2703 {
|
|
2704 Lisp_Object buffer, frame;
|
|
2705
|
|
2706 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
|
2707 XSETBUFFER (buffer, b);
|
|
2708
|
|
2709 return XINT (window_loop (GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT, buffer, 0, frame, 1,
|
|
2710 Qnil));
|
|
2711 }
|
|
2712
|
|
2713 int
|
|
2714 buffer_window_mru (struct window *w)
|
|
2715 {
|
|
2716 Lisp_Object window =
|
|
2717 window_loop (GET_BUFFER_MRU_WINDOW, w->buffer, 0, w->frame, 1, Qnil);
|
|
2718
|
|
2719 if (NILP (window))
|
|
2720 return 0;
|
|
2721 else if (XWINDOW (window) == w)
|
|
2722 return 1;
|
|
2723 else
|
|
2724 return 0;
|
|
2725 }
|
|
2726
|
|
2727 #endif
|
|
2728
|
|
2729
|
|
2730 DEFUN ("get-lru-window", Fget_lru_window, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
2731 Return the window least recently selected or used for display.
|
|
2732 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2733 If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2734 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2735 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2736 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2737
|
|
2738 Optional second argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2739 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2740 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2741 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2742 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2743 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2744 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2745 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2746 */
|
|
2747 (frame, console))
|
|
2748 {
|
|
2749 Lisp_Object w;
|
|
2750 /* First try for a non-dedicated window that is full-width */
|
|
2751 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qt, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2752 if (!NILP (w) && !EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2753 return w;
|
|
2754
|
|
2755 /* Then try for any non-dedicated window */
|
|
2756 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qnil, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2757 if (!NILP (w) && !EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2758 return w;
|
|
2759
|
|
2760 #if 0
|
|
2761 /* FSFmacs never returns a dedicated window here. If we do,
|
|
2762 it makes `display-buffer' not work right. #### All of this
|
|
2763 shit is so disgusting and awful that it needs to be rethought
|
|
2764 from scratch. */
|
|
2765 /* then try for a dedicated window that is full-width */
|
|
2766 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qt, 0, frame, 1, console);
|
|
2767 if (!NILP (w) && !EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2768 return w;
|
|
2769
|
|
2770 /* If none of them, then all windows, dedicated or not. */
|
|
2771 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qnil, 0, frame, 1, console);
|
|
2772
|
|
2773 /* At this point we damn well better have found something. */
|
|
2774 if (NILP (w)) abort ();
|
|
2775 #endif
|
|
2776
|
|
2777 return w;
|
|
2778 }
|
|
2779
|
|
2780 DEFUN ("get-largest-window", Fget_largest_window, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
2781 Return the window largest in area.
|
|
2782 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2783 If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2784 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2785 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2786 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2787
|
|
2788 Optional second argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2789 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2790 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2791 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2792 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2793 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2794 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2795 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2796 */
|
|
2797 (frame, console))
|
|
2798 {
|
|
2799 /* Don't search dedicated windows because FSFmacs doesn't.
|
|
2800 This stuff is all black magic so don't try to apply common
|
|
2801 sense to it. */
|
|
2802 return window_loop (GET_LARGEST_WINDOW, Qnil, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2803 }
|
|
2804
|
|
2805 DEFUN ("get-buffer-window", Fget_buffer_window, 1, 3, 0, /*
|
|
2806 Return a window currently displaying BUFFER, or nil if none.
|
|
2807 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2808 If optional argument FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2809 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2810 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2811 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2812
|
|
2813 Optional third argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2814 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2815 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2816 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2817 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2818 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2819 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2820 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2821 */
|
|
2822 (buffer, frame, console))
|
|
2823 {
|
|
2824 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
2825 if (BUFFERP (buffer))
|
|
2826 /* Search dedicated windows too. (Doesn't matter here anyway.) */
|
|
2827 return window_loop (GET_BUFFER_WINDOW, buffer, 1, frame, 1, console);
|
|
2828 else
|
|
2829 return Qnil;
|
|
2830 }
|
|
2831
|
|
2832 /* These functions used to be `buffer-left-margin-pixel-width', etc.
|
|
2833 but there is no sensible way to implement those functions, since
|
|
2834 you can't in general derive a window from a buffer. */
|
|
2835
|
|
2836 DEFUN ("window-left-margin-pixel-width", Fwindow_left_margin_pixel_width,
|
|
2837 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
2838 Return the width in pixels of the left outside margin of window WINDOW.
|
|
2839 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is assumed.
|
|
2840 */
|
|
2841 (window))
|
|
2842 {
|
|
2843 return make_int (window_left_margin_width (decode_window (window)));
|
|
2844 }
|
|
2845
|
|
2846 DEFUN ("window-right-margin-pixel-width", Fwindow_right_margin_pixel_width,
|
|
2847 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
2848 Return the width in pixels of the right outside margin of window WINDOW.
|
|
2849 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is assumed.
|
|
2850 */
|
|
2851 (window))
|
|
2852 {
|
|
2853 return make_int (window_right_margin_width (decode_window (window)));
|
|
2854 }
|
|
2855
|
|
2856 DEFUN ("delete-other-windows", Fdelete_other_windows, 0, 1, "", /*
|
|
2857 Make WINDOW (or the selected window) fill its frame.
|
|
2858 Only the frame WINDOW is on is affected.
|
|
2859 This function tries to reduce display jumps
|
|
2860 by keeping the text previously visible in WINDOW
|
|
2861 in the same place on the frame. Doing this depends on
|
|
2862 the value of (window-start WINDOW), so if calling this function
|
|
2863 in a program gives strange scrolling, make sure the window-start
|
|
2864 value is reasonable when this function is called.
|
|
2865 */
|
|
2866 (window))
|
|
2867 {
|
|
2868 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
2869 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
2870 Bufpos start_pos;
|
|
2871 int old_top = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
2872
|
|
2873 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
2874
|
|
2875 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && old_top > 0)
|
|
2876 error ("Can't expand minibuffer to full frame");
|
|
2877
|
|
2878 /* Ignore dedicated windows. */
|
|
2879 window_loop (DELETE_OTHER_WINDOWS, window, 0, w->frame, 0, Qnil);
|
|
2880
|
|
2881 start_pos = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
2882
|
|
2883 /* Try to minimize scrolling, by setting the window start to the
|
|
2884 point which will cause the text at the old window start to be at
|
|
2885 the same place on the frame. But don't try to do this if the
|
|
2886 window start is outside the visible portion (as might happen when
|
|
2887 the display is not current, due to typeahead). */
|
|
2888 if (start_pos >= BUF_BEGV (b) && start_pos <= BUF_ZV (b)
|
|
2889 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
2890 {
|
|
2891 Bufpos new_start = start_with_line_at_pixpos (w, start_pos, old_top);
|
|
2892
|
|
2893 if (new_start >= BUF_BEGV (b) && new_start <= BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
2894 {
|
|
2895 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (new_start),
|
|
2896 w->buffer);
|
|
2897 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, new_start);
|
|
2898 }
|
|
2899 /* We need to do this, so that the window-scroll-functions
|
|
2900 get called. */
|
|
2901 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
2902 }
|
|
2903
|
|
2904 return Qnil;
|
|
2905 }
|
|
2906
|
|
2907 DEFUN ("delete-windows-on", Fdelete_windows_on, 1, 3,
|
|
2908 "bDelete windows on (buffer): ", /*
|
|
2909 Delete all windows showing BUFFER.
|
|
2910 Optional second argument FRAME controls which frames are affected.
|
|
2911 If nil or omitted, delete all windows showing BUFFER in any frame.
|
|
2912 If t, delete only windows showing BUFFER in the selected frame.
|
|
2913 If `visible', delete all windows showing BUFFER in any visible frame.
|
|
2914 If a frame, delete only windows showing BUFFER in that frame.
|
|
2915
|
|
2916 Optional third argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2917 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2918 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2919 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2920 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2921 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2922 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2923 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2924 */
|
|
2925 (buffer, frame, console))
|
|
2926 {
|
|
2927 /* This function can GC */
|
|
2928 /* FRAME uses t and nil to mean the opposite of what window_loop
|
|
2929 expects. */
|
|
2930 if (!FRAMEP (frame))
|
|
2931 frame = NILP (frame) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
2932
|
|
2933 if (!NILP (buffer))
|
|
2934 {
|
|
2935 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
2936 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer);
|
|
2937 /* Ignore dedicated windows. */
|
|
2938 window_loop (DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS, buffer, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2939 }
|
|
2940 return Qnil;
|
|
2941 }
|
|
2942
|
|
2943 DEFUN ("replace-buffer-in-windows", Freplace_buffer_in_windows, 1, 1,
|
|
2944 "bReplace buffer in windows: ", /*
|
|
2945 Replace BUFFER with some other buffer in all windows showing it.
|
|
2946 */
|
|
2947 (buffer))
|
|
2948 {
|
|
2949 /* This function can GC */
|
|
2950 if (!NILP (buffer))
|
|
2951 {
|
|
2952 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
2953 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer);
|
|
2954 /* Ignore dedicated windows. */
|
|
2955 window_loop (UNSHOW_BUFFER, buffer, 0, Qt, 0, Qnil);
|
|
2956 }
|
|
2957 return Qnil;
|
|
2958 }
|
|
2959
|
|
2960 /* The smallest acceptable dimensions for a window. Anything smaller
|
|
2961 might crash Emacs. */
|
|
2962 #define MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH (2)
|
|
2963 #define MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT (2)
|
|
2964
|
|
2965 /* Make sure that window_min_height and window_min_width are
|
|
2966 not too small; if they are, set them to safe minima. */
|
|
2967
|
|
2968 static void
|
|
2969 check_min_window_sizes (void)
|
|
2970 {
|
|
2971 /* Smaller values might permit a crash. */
|
|
2972 if (window_min_width < MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH)
|
|
2973 window_min_width = MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH;
|
|
2974 if (window_min_height < MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT)
|
|
2975 window_min_height = MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT;
|
|
2976 }
|
|
2977
|
|
2978 /* If *ROWS or *COLS are too small a size for FRAME, set them to the
|
|
2979 minimum allowable size. */
|
|
2980 void
|
|
2981 check_frame_size (struct frame *frame, int *rows, int *cols)
|
|
2982 {
|
|
2983 /* For height, we have to see whether the frame has a minibuffer, and
|
|
2984 whether it wants a modeline. */
|
|
2985 int min_height =
|
|
2986 (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (frame) ? MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT - 1
|
|
2987 : (! FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (frame)) ? MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT
|
|
2988 : 2 * MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT - 1);
|
|
2989
|
|
2990 if (*rows < min_height)
|
|
2991 *rows = min_height;
|
|
2992 if (*cols < MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH)
|
|
2993 *cols = MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH;
|
|
2994 }
|
|
2995
|
|
2996 /* Normally the window is deleted if it gets too small.
|
|
2997 nodelete nonzero means do not do this.
|
|
2998 (The caller should check later and do so if appropriate) */
|
|
2999 static void
|
|
3000 set_window_pixsize (Lisp_Object window, int new_pixsize, int nodelete,
|
|
3001 int set_height)
|
|
3002 {
|
|
3003 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3004 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
3005 struct window *c;
|
|
3006 int old_pixsize = (set_height ? WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) : WINDOW_WIDTH (w));
|
|
3007 Lisp_Object child, minor_kid, major_kid;
|
|
3008 int minsize;
|
|
3009 int line_size;
|
|
3010 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3011
|
|
3012 /* #### This is very likely incorrect and instead the char_to_pixel_
|
|
3013 functions should be called. */
|
|
3014 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3015 line_size = (set_height ? defheight : defwidth);
|
|
3016
|
|
3017 check_min_window_sizes ();
|
|
3018
|
|
3019 minsize = (set_height ? window_min_height : window_min_width);
|
|
3020 minsize *= line_size;
|
|
3021
|
|
3022 if (!nodelete
|
|
3023 && !TOP_LEVEL_WINDOW_P (w)
|
|
3024 && new_pixsize < minsize)
|
|
3025 {
|
|
3026 Fdelete_window (window, Qnil);
|
|
3027 return;
|
|
3028 }
|
|
3029
|
|
3030 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 0);
|
|
3031 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
3032 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f); /* multiple windows affected */
|
|
3033 if (set_height)
|
|
3034 {
|
|
3035 WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) = new_pixsize;
|
|
3036 major_kid = w->vchild;
|
|
3037 minor_kid = w->hchild;
|
|
3038 }
|
|
3039 else
|
|
3040 {
|
|
3041 WINDOW_WIDTH (w) = new_pixsize;
|
|
3042 major_kid = w->hchild;
|
|
3043 minor_kid = w->vchild;
|
|
3044 }
|
|
3045
|
|
3046 if (!NILP (minor_kid))
|
|
3047 {
|
|
3048 for (child = minor_kid; !NILP (child); child = XWINDOW (child)->next)
|
|
3049 {
|
|
3050 if (set_height)
|
|
3051 WINDOW_TOP (XWINDOW (child)) = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
3052 else
|
|
3053 WINDOW_LEFT (XWINDOW (child)) = WINDOW_LEFT (w);
|
|
3054
|
|
3055 set_window_pixsize (child, new_pixsize, nodelete, set_height);
|
|
3056 }
|
|
3057 }
|
|
3058 else if (!NILP (major_kid))
|
|
3059 {
|
|
3060 int last_pos, last_old_pos, pos, old_pos, first;
|
|
3061 int pixel_adj_left = new_pixsize - old_pixsize;
|
|
3062 int div_val = old_pixsize << 1;
|
|
3063
|
|
3064 /*
|
|
3065 * Previously we bailed out here if there was no size change.
|
|
3066 * (pixel_adj_left == 0) But this broke toolbar updates. If a
|
|
3067 * toolbar appears or disappears, windows may not change size,
|
|
3068 * but their top and left coordinates need to be updated.
|
|
3069 *
|
|
3070 * So we don't bail until after the loop below.
|
|
3071 */
|
|
3072
|
|
3073 last_pos = first = (set_height ? WINDOW_TOP (w) : WINDOW_LEFT (w));
|
|
3074 last_old_pos = 0;
|
|
3075
|
|
3076 for (child = major_kid; !NILP (child); child = c->next)
|
|
3077 {
|
|
3078 c = XWINDOW (child);
|
|
3079
|
|
3080 if (set_height)
|
|
3081 {
|
|
3082 old_pos = last_old_pos + WINDOW_HEIGHT (c);
|
|
3083 WINDOW_TOP (c) = last_pos;
|
|
3084 }
|
|
3085 else
|
|
3086 {
|
|
3087 old_pos = last_old_pos + WINDOW_WIDTH (c);
|
|
3088 WINDOW_LEFT (c) = last_pos;
|
|
3089 }
|
|
3090
|
|
3091 pos = (((old_pos * new_pixsize) << 1) + old_pixsize) / div_val;
|
|
3092 /* All but the last window should have a height which is
|
|
3093 a multiple of the default line height. */
|
|
3094 if (!NILP (c->next))
|
|
3095 pos = (pos / line_size) * line_size;
|
|
3096
|
|
3097 /* Avoid confusion: don't delete child if it becomes too small */
|
|
3098 set_window_pixsize (child, pos + first - last_pos, 1, set_height);
|
|
3099
|
|
3100 last_pos = pos + first;
|
|
3101 last_old_pos = old_pos;
|
|
3102 }
|
|
3103
|
|
3104 /* Sometimes we may get called with our old size. In that case
|
|
3105 we don't need to do anything else. */
|
|
3106 if (!pixel_adj_left)
|
|
3107 return;
|
|
3108
|
|
3109 /* Now delete any children that became too small. */
|
|
3110 if (!nodelete)
|
|
3111 for (child = major_kid; !NILP (child); child = XWINDOW (child)->next)
|
|
3112 {
|
|
3113 if (set_height)
|
|
3114 set_window_pixheight (child, WINDOW_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (child)), 0);
|
|
3115 else
|
|
3116 set_window_pixwidth (child, WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (child)), 0);
|
|
3117 }
|
|
3118 }
|
|
3119 }
|
|
3120
|
|
3121 /* Set the height of WINDOW and all its inferiors. */
|
|
3122 void
|
|
3123 set_window_pixheight (Lisp_Object window, int new_pixheight, int nodelete)
|
|
3124 {
|
|
3125 set_window_pixsize (window, new_pixheight, nodelete, 1);
|
|
3126 }
|
|
3127
|
|
3128 /* Recursively set width of WINDOW and its inferiors. */
|
|
3129 void
|
|
3130 set_window_pixwidth (Lisp_Object window, int new_pixwidth, int nodelete)
|
|
3131 {
|
|
3132 set_window_pixsize (window, new_pixwidth, nodelete, 0);
|
|
3133 }
|
|
3134
|
|
3135
|
|
3136 static int window_select_count;
|
|
3137
|
|
3138 DEFUN ("set-window-buffer", Fset_window_buffer, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
3139 Make WINDOW display BUFFER as its contents.
|
|
3140 BUFFER can be a buffer or buffer name.
|
|
3141 */
|
|
3142 (window, buffer))
|
|
3143 {
|
|
3144 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
3145 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
3146
|
|
3147 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
3148 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer);
|
|
3149
|
|
3150 if (!BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (buffer)))
|
|
3151 error ("Attempt to display deleted buffer");
|
|
3152
|
|
3153 tem = w->buffer;
|
|
3154 if (NILP (tem))
|
|
3155 error ("Window is deleted");
|
|
3156
|
|
3157 /* While this seems like a logical thing to do, it causes problems
|
|
3158 because of saved window configurations. It is possible for a
|
|
3159 buffer to get restored into a window in which it is already being
|
|
3160 displayed, but start and point are actually at completely
|
|
3161 different locations. So we let this function complete fully and
|
|
3162 it will then make sure redisplay correctly updates things.
|
|
3163
|
|
3164 #### This is a kludge. The correct approach is not to do this
|
|
3165 but to fix set-window-configuration. */
|
|
3166 #if 0
|
|
3167 else if (EQ (tem, buffer))
|
|
3168 return Qnil;
|
|
3169 #endif
|
|
3170 else if (! EQ (tem, Qt)) /* w->buffer is t when the window
|
|
3171 is first being set up. */
|
|
3172 {
|
|
3173 if (!NILP (w->dedicated) && !EQ (tem, buffer))
|
|
3174 error ("Window is dedicated to buffer %s",
|
|
3175 XSTRING_DATA (XBUFFER (tem)->name));
|
|
3176
|
|
3177 unshow_buffer (w);
|
|
3178 }
|
|
3179
|
|
3180 w->buffer = buffer;
|
|
3181 w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] = 0;
|
|
3182 w->hscroll = 0;
|
|
3183 w->modeline_hscroll = 0;
|
|
3184 Fset_marker (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
3185 make_int (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (buffer))),
|
|
3186 buffer);
|
|
3187 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
3188 make_int (XBUFFER (buffer)->last_window_start),
|
|
3189 buffer);
|
|
3190 Fset_marker (w->sb_point, w->start[CURRENT_DISP], buffer);
|
|
3191 /* set start_at_line_beg correctly. GE */
|
|
3192 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (XBUFFER (buffer),
|
|
3193 marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]));
|
|
3194 w->force_start = 0; /* Lucid fix */
|
|
3195 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 1);
|
|
3196 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
3197 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
3198 recompute_all_cached_specifiers_in_window (w);
|
|
3199 if (EQ (window, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
3200 {
|
|
3201 Fset_buffer (buffer);
|
|
3202 }
|
|
3203 return Qnil;
|
|
3204 }
|
|
3205
|
|
3206 DEFUN ("select-window", Fselect_window, 1, 2, 0, /*
|
|
3207 Select WINDOW. Most editing will apply to WINDOW's buffer.
|
|
3208 The main editor command loop selects the buffer of the selected window
|
|
3209 before each command.
|
|
3210
|
|
3211 With non-nil optional argument `norecord', do not modify the
|
|
3212 global or per-frame buffer ordering.
|
|
3213 */
|
|
3214 (window, norecord))
|
|
3215 {
|
|
3216 struct window *w;
|
|
3217 Lisp_Object old_selected_window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
3218
|
|
3219 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
3220 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3221
|
|
3222 /* we have already caught dead-window errors */
|
|
3223 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
3224 error ("Trying to select non-leaf window");
|
|
3225
|
|
3226 w->use_time = make_int (++window_select_count);
|
|
3227 if (EQ (window, old_selected_window))
|
|
3228 return window;
|
|
3229
|
|
3230 /* deselect the old window, if it exists (it might not exist if
|
|
3231 the selected device has no frames, which occurs at startup) */
|
|
3232 if (!NILP (old_selected_window))
|
|
3233 {
|
|
3234 struct window *ow = XWINDOW (old_selected_window);
|
|
3235
|
|
3236 Fset_marker (ow->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
3237 make_int (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (ow->buffer))),
|
|
3238 ow->buffer);
|
|
3239
|
|
3240 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (ow);
|
|
3241 }
|
|
3242
|
|
3243 /* now select the window's frame */
|
|
3244 set_frame_selected_window (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), window);
|
|
3245
|
|
3246 select_frame_1 (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
|
3247
|
|
3248 /* also select the window's buffer */
|
|
3249 if (NILP (norecord))
|
|
3250 Frecord_buffer (w->buffer);
|
|
3251 Fset_buffer (w->buffer);
|
|
3252
|
|
3253 /* Go to the point recorded in the window.
|
|
3254 This is important when the buffer is in more
|
|
3255 than one window. It also matters when
|
|
3256 redisplay_window has altered point after scrolling,
|
|
3257 because it makes the change only in the window. */
|
|
3258 {
|
|
3259 Bufpos new_point = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
3260 if (new_point < BUF_BEGV (current_buffer))
|
|
3261 new_point = BUF_BEGV (current_buffer);
|
|
3262 else if (new_point > BUF_ZV (current_buffer))
|
|
3263 new_point = BUF_ZV (current_buffer);
|
|
3264
|
|
3265 BUF_SET_PT (current_buffer, new_point);
|
|
3266 }
|
|
3267
|
|
3268 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
3269
|
|
3270 return window;
|
|
3271 }
|
|
3272
|
|
3273 Lisp_Object
|
|
3274 display_buffer (Lisp_Object buffer, Lisp_Object not_this_window_p,
|
|
3275 Lisp_Object override_frame)
|
|
3276 {
|
|
3277 return call3 (Qdisplay_buffer, buffer, not_this_window_p, override_frame);
|
|
3278 }
|
|
3279
|
|
3280 void
|
|
3281 temp_output_buffer_show (Lisp_Object buf, Lisp_Object same_frame)
|
|
3282 {
|
|
3283 /* This function can GC */
|
|
3284 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3285 struct window *w;
|
|
3286 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (buf);
|
|
3287
|
|
3288 BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (buf)) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
|
|
3289 widen_buffer (b, 0);
|
|
3290 BUF_SET_PT (b, BUF_BEG (b));
|
|
3291
|
|
3292 if (!NILP (Vtemp_buffer_show_function))
|
|
3293 call1 (Vtemp_buffer_show_function, buf);
|
|
3294 else
|
|
3295 {
|
|
3296 window = display_buffer (buf, Qnil, same_frame);
|
|
3297
|
|
3298 if (!EQ (XWINDOW (window)->frame, Fselected_frame (Qnil)))
|
|
3299 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window)));
|
|
3300
|
|
3301 Vminibuffer_scroll_window = window;
|
|
3302 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3303 w->hscroll = 0;
|
|
3304 w->modeline_hscroll = 0;
|
|
3305 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (1), buf);
|
|
3306 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (1), buf);
|
|
3307 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point, make_int (1), buf);
|
|
3308
|
|
3309 /* Run temp-buffer-show-hook, with the chosen window selected. */
|
|
3310 if (!preparing_for_armageddon)
|
|
3311 {
|
|
3312 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
3313 tem = Fboundp (Qtemp_buffer_show_hook);
|
|
3314 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
3315 {
|
|
3316 tem = Fsymbol_value (Qtemp_buffer_show_hook);
|
|
3317 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
3318 {
|
|
3319 int count = specpdl_depth ();
|
|
3320
|
|
3321 /* Select the window that was chosen, for running
|
|
3322 the hook. */
|
|
3323 record_unwind_protect (save_window_excursion_unwind,
|
|
3324 Fcurrent_window_configuration (Qnil));
|
|
3325
|
|
3326 Fselect_window (window, Qnil);
|
|
3327 run_hook (Qtemp_buffer_show_hook);
|
|
3328 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
|
|
3329 }
|
|
3330 }
|
|
3331 }
|
|
3332 }
|
|
3333 }
|
|
3334
|
|
3335 static void
|
|
3336 make_dummy_parent (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
3337 {
|
|
3338 Lisp_Object new;
|
|
3339 struct window *o = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3340 struct window *p = alloc_lcrecord_type (struct window, &lrecord_window);
|
|
3341
|
|
3342 XSETWINDOW (new, p);
|
|
3343 copy_lcrecord (p, o);
|
|
3344
|
|
3345 /* Don't copy the pointers to the line start cache or the face
|
|
3346 instances. */
|
|
3347 p->line_start_cache = Dynarr_new (line_start_cache);
|
|
3348 p->face_cachels = Dynarr_new (face_cachel);
|
|
3349 p->glyph_cachels = Dynarr_new (glyph_cachel);
|
|
3350
|
|
3351 /* Put new into window structure in place of window */
|
|
3352 replace_window (window, new);
|
|
3353
|
|
3354 o->next = Qnil;
|
|
3355 o->prev = Qnil;
|
|
3356 o->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
3357 o->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
3358 o->parent = new;
|
|
3359
|
|
3360 p->start[CURRENT_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3361 p->start[DESIRED_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3362 p->start[CMOTION_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3363 p->pointm[CURRENT_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3364 p->pointm[DESIRED_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3365 p->pointm[CMOTION_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3366 p->sb_point = Qnil;
|
|
3367 p->buffer = Qnil;
|
|
3368 }
|
|
3369
|
|
3370 DEFUN ("split-window", Fsplit_window, 0, 3, "", /*
|
|
3371 Split WINDOW, putting SIZE lines in the first of the pair.
|
|
3372 WINDOW defaults to selected one and SIZE to half its size.
|
|
3373 If optional third arg HOR-FLAG is non-nil, split side by side
|
|
3374 and put SIZE columns in the first of the pair.
|
|
3375 */
|
|
3376 (window, chsize, horflag))
|
|
3377 {
|
|
3378 Lisp_Object new;
|
|
3379 struct window *o, *p;
|
|
3380 struct frame *f;
|
|
3381 int size;
|
|
3382 int psize;
|
|
3383
|
|
3384 if (NILP (window))
|
|
3385 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
3386 else
|
|
3387 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
3388
|
|
3389 o = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3390 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (o));
|
|
3391
|
|
3392 if (NILP (chsize))
|
|
3393 {
|
|
3394 if (!NILP (horflag))
|
|
3395 /* In the new scheme, we are symmetric with respect to separators
|
|
3396 so there is no need to do weird things here. */
|
|
3397 {
|
|
3398 psize = WINDOW_WIDTH (o) >> 1;
|
|
3399 size = window_pixel_width_to_char_width (o, psize, 0);
|
|
3400 }
|
|
3401 else
|
|
3402 {
|
|
3403 psize = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o) >> 1;
|
|
3404 size = window_pixel_height_to_char_height (o, psize, 1);
|
|
3405 }
|
|
3406 }
|
|
3407 else
|
|
3408 {
|
|
3409 CHECK_INT (chsize);
|
|
3410 size = XINT (chsize);
|
|
3411 if (!NILP (horflag))
|
|
3412 psize = window_char_width_to_pixel_width (o, size, 0);
|
|
3413 else
|
|
3414 psize = window_char_height_to_pixel_height (o, size, 1);
|
|
3415 }
|
|
3416
|
|
3417 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (o))
|
|
3418 error ("Attempt to split minibuffer window");
|
|
3419 else if (FRAME_NO_SPLIT_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (o))))
|
|
3420 error ("Attempt to split unsplittable frame");
|
|
3421
|
|
3422 check_min_window_sizes ();
|
|
3423
|
|
3424 if (NILP (horflag))
|
|
3425 {
|
|
3426 if (size < window_min_height)
|
|
3427 error ("Window height %d too small (after splitting)", size);
|
|
3428 if (size + window_min_height > window_char_height (o, 1))
|
|
3429 error ("Window height %d too small (after splitting)",
|
|
3430 window_char_height (o, 1) - size);
|
|
3431 if (NILP (o->parent)
|
|
3432 || NILP (XWINDOW (o->parent)->vchild))
|
|
3433 {
|
|
3434 make_dummy_parent (window);
|
|
3435 reset_face_cachels (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3436 new = o->parent;
|
|
3437 XWINDOW (new)->vchild = window;
|
|
3438 XFRAME (o->frame)->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
3439 }
|
|
3440 }
|
|
3441 else
|
|
3442 {
|
|
3443 if (size < window_min_width)
|
|
3444 error ("Window width %d too small (after splitting)", size);
|
|
3445 if (size + window_min_width > window_char_width (o, 0))
|
|
3446 error ("Window width %d too small (after splitting)",
|
|
3447 window_char_width (o, 0) - size);
|
|
3448 if (NILP (o->parent)
|
|
3449 || NILP (XWINDOW (o->parent)->hchild))
|
|
3450 {
|
|
3451 make_dummy_parent (window);
|
|
3452 reset_face_cachels (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3453 new = o->parent;
|
|
3454 XWINDOW (new)->hchild = window;
|
|
3455 XFRAME (o->frame)->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
3456 }
|
|
3457 }
|
|
3458
|
|
3459 /* Now we know that window's parent is a vertical combination
|
|
3460 if we are dividing vertically, or a horizontal combination
|
|
3461 if we are making side-by-side windows */
|
|
3462
|
|
3463 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
|
3464 new = allocate_window ();
|
|
3465 p = XWINDOW (new);
|
|
3466
|
|
3467 p->frame = o->frame;
|
|
3468 p->next = o->next;
|
|
3469 if (!NILP (p->next))
|
|
3470 XWINDOW (p->next)->prev = new;
|
|
3471 p->prev = window;
|
|
3472 o->next = new;
|
|
3473 p->parent = o->parent;
|
|
3474 p->buffer = Qt;
|
|
3475
|
|
3476 reset_face_cachels (p);
|
|
3477 reset_glyph_cachels (p);
|
|
3478
|
|
3479
|
|
3480 /* Apportion the available frame space among the two new windows */
|
|
3481
|
|
3482 if (!NILP (horflag))
|
|
3483 {
|
|
3484 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o);
|
|
3485 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (o);
|
|
3486 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (o) - psize;
|
|
3487 WINDOW_WIDTH (o) = psize;
|
|
3488 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (o) + psize;
|
|
3489 }
|
|
3490 else
|
|
3491 {
|
|
3492 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (o);
|
|
3493 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (o);
|
|
3494 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o) - psize;
|
|
3495 WINDOW_HEIGHT (o) = psize;
|
|
3496 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (o) + psize;
|
|
3497 }
|
|
3498
|
|
3499 XFRAME (p->frame)->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
3500 /* do this last (after the window is completely initialized and
|
|
3501 the mirror-dirty flag is set) so that specifier recomputation
|
|
3502 caused as a result of this will work properly and not abort. */
|
|
3503 Fset_window_buffer (new, o->buffer);
|
|
3504 return new;
|
|
3505 }
|
|
3506
|
|
3507
|
|
3508 DEFUN ("enlarge-window", Fenlarge_window, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3509 Make the selected window N lines bigger.
|
|
3510 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means grow sideways N columns,
|
|
3511 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3512 selected window.
|
|
3513 */
|
|
3514 (n, side, window))
|
|
3515 {
|
|
3516 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
3517 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3518 change_window_height (w, XINT (n), !NILP (side), /* inpixels */ 0);
|
|
3519 return Qnil;
|
|
3520 }
|
|
3521
|
|
3522 DEFUN ("enlarge-window-pixels", Fenlarge_window_pixels, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3523 Make the selected window N pixels bigger.
|
|
3524 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means grow sideways N pixels,
|
|
3525 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3526 selected window.
|
|
3527 */
|
|
3528 (n, side, window))
|
|
3529 {
|
|
3530 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
3531 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3532 change_window_height (w, XINT (n), !NILP (side), /* inpixels */ 1);
|
|
3533 return Qnil;
|
|
3534 }
|
|
3535
|
|
3536 DEFUN ("shrink-window", Fshrink_window, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3537 Make the selected window N lines smaller.
|
|
3538 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means shrink sideways N columns,
|
|
3539 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3540 selected window.
|
|
3541 */
|
|
3542 (n, side, window))
|
|
3543 {
|
|
3544 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3545 change_window_height (decode_window (window), -XINT (n), !NILP (side),
|
|
3546 /* inpixels */ 0);
|
|
3547 return Qnil;
|
|
3548 }
|
|
3549
|
|
3550 DEFUN ("shrink-window-pixels", Fshrink_window_pixels, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3551 Make the selected window N pixels smaller.
|
|
3552 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means shrink sideways N pixels,
|
|
3553 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3554 selected window.
|
|
3555 */
|
|
3556 (n, side, window))
|
|
3557 {
|
|
3558 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3559 change_window_height (decode_window (window), -XINT (n), !NILP (side),
|
|
3560 /* inpixels */ 1);
|
|
3561 return Qnil;
|
|
3562 }
|
|
3563
|
|
3564 static int
|
|
3565 window_pixel_height (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
3566 {
|
|
3567 return WINDOW_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3568 }
|
|
3569
|
|
3570 static int
|
|
3571 window_pixel_height_to_char_height (struct window *w, int pixel_height,
|
|
3572 int include_gutters_p)
|
|
3573 {
|
|
3574 int avail_height;
|
|
3575 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3576 int char_height;
|
|
3577 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3578
|
|
3579 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3580
|
|
3581 avail_height = (pixel_height -
|
|
3582 (include_gutters_p ? 0 :
|
|
3583 window_top_gutter_height (w) +
|
|
3584 window_bottom_gutter_height (w)));
|
|
3585
|
|
3586 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3587
|
|
3588 char_height = avail_height / defheight;
|
|
3589
|
|
3590 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3591 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3592
|
|
3593 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3594 do this. */
|
|
3595 return max (0, char_height);
|
|
3596 }
|
|
3597
|
|
3598 static int
|
|
3599 window_char_height_to_pixel_height (struct window *w, int char_height,
|
|
3600 int include_gutters_p)
|
|
3601 {
|
|
3602 int avail_height;
|
|
3603 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3604 int pixel_height;
|
|
3605
|
|
3606 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3607
|
|
3608 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3609
|
|
3610 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3611
|
|
3612 avail_height = char_height * defheight;
|
|
3613 pixel_height = (avail_height +
|
|
3614 (include_gutters_p ? 0 :
|
|
3615 window_top_gutter_height (w) +
|
|
3616 window_bottom_gutter_height (w)));
|
|
3617
|
|
3618 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3619 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3620
|
|
3621 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3622 do this. */
|
|
3623 return max (0, pixel_height);
|
|
3624 }
|
|
3625
|
|
3626 /* Return number of default lines of text can fit in the window W.
|
|
3627 If INCLUDE_GUTTERS_P is 1, include "gutter" space (modeline plus
|
|
3628 horizontal scrollbar) in the space that is used for the calculation.
|
|
3629 */
|
|
3630 int
|
|
3631 window_char_height (struct window *w, int include_gutters_p)
|
|
3632 {
|
|
3633 return window_pixel_height_to_char_height (w, WINDOW_HEIGHT (w),
|
|
3634 include_gutters_p);
|
|
3635 }
|
|
3636
|
|
3637 /*
|
|
3638 * Return number of lines currently displayed in window w. If
|
|
3639 * end-of-buffer is displayed then the area below end-of-buffer is assume
|
|
3640 * to be blank lines of default height.
|
|
3641 * Does not include the modeline.
|
|
3642 */
|
|
3643 int
|
|
3644 window_displayed_height (struct window *w)
|
|
3645 {
|
|
3646 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
3647 display_line_dynarr *dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
3648 int num_lines;
|
|
3649 Charcount end_pos = (BUF_Z (b) - w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] > BUF_ZV (b)
|
|
3650 ? -1
|
|
3651 : w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
3652
|
|
3653 if (!Dynarr_length (dla))
|
|
3654 return window_char_height (w, 0);
|
|
3655
|
|
3656 num_lines = Dynarr_length (dla);
|
|
3657
|
|
3658 /* #### Document and assert somewhere that w->window_end_pos == -1
|
|
3659 indicates that end-of-buffer is being displayed. */
|
|
3660 if (end_pos == -1)
|
|
3661 {
|
|
3662 struct display_line *dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, 0);
|
|
3663 int ypos1 = dl->ypos + dl->descent;
|
|
3664 int ypos2 = WINDOW_TEXT_BOTTOM (w);
|
|
3665 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3666 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3667
|
|
3668 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3669
|
|
3670 if (dl->modeline)
|
|
3671 {
|
|
3672 num_lines--;
|
|
3673
|
|
3674 if (Dynarr_length (dla) == 1)
|
|
3675 ypos1 = WINDOW_TEXT_TOP (w);
|
|
3676 else
|
|
3677 {
|
|
3678 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, Dynarr_length (dla) - 1);
|
|
3679 /* If this line is clipped then we know that there is no
|
|
3680 blank room between eob and the modeline. If we are
|
|
3681 scrolling on clipped lines just know off the clipped
|
|
3682 line and return .*/
|
|
3683 if (scroll_on_clipped_lines && dl->clip)
|
|
3684 return num_lines - 1;
|
|
3685 ypos1 = dl->ypos + dl->descent - dl->clip;
|
|
3686 }
|
|
3687 }
|
|
3688
|
|
3689 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3690 /* #### This probably needs to know about the clipping area once a
|
|
3691 final definition is decided on. */
|
|
3692 num_lines += ((ypos2 - ypos1) / defheight);
|
|
3693 }
|
|
3694 else
|
|
3695 {
|
|
3696 if (num_lines > 1 && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
3697 num_lines--;
|
|
3698
|
|
3699 if (scroll_on_clipped_lines
|
|
3700 && Dynarr_atp (dla, Dynarr_length (dla) - 1)->clip)
|
|
3701 num_lines--;
|
|
3702 }
|
|
3703
|
|
3704 return num_lines;
|
|
3705 }
|
|
3706
|
|
3707 static int
|
|
3708 window_pixel_width (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
3709 {
|
|
3710 return WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3711 }
|
|
3712
|
|
3713 static int
|
|
3714 window_pixel_width_to_char_width (struct window *w, int pixel_width,
|
|
3715 int include_margins_p)
|
|
3716 {
|
|
3717 int avail_width;
|
|
3718 int char_width;
|
|
3719 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3720 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3721
|
|
3722 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3723
|
|
3724 avail_width = (pixel_width -
|
|
3725 window_left_gutter_width (w, 0) -
|
|
3726 window_right_gutter_width (w, 0) -
|
|
3727 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_left_margin_width (w)) -
|
|
3728 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_right_margin_width (w)));
|
|
3729
|
|
3730 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3731
|
|
3732 char_width = (avail_width / defwidth);
|
|
3733
|
|
3734 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3735 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3736
|
|
3737 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3738 do this. */
|
|
3739 return max (0, char_width);
|
|
3740 }
|
|
3741
|
|
3742 static int
|
|
3743 window_char_width_to_pixel_width (struct window *w, int char_width,
|
|
3744 int include_margins_p)
|
|
3745 {
|
|
3746 int avail_width;
|
|
3747 int pixel_width;
|
|
3748 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3749 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3750
|
|
3751 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3752
|
|
3753 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3754
|
|
3755 avail_width = char_width * defwidth;
|
|
3756 pixel_width = (avail_width +
|
|
3757 window_left_gutter_width (w, 0) +
|
|
3758 window_right_gutter_width (w, 0) +
|
|
3759 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_left_margin_width (w)) +
|
|
3760 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_right_margin_width (w)));
|
|
3761
|
|
3762 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3763 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3764
|
|
3765 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3766 do this. */
|
|
3767 return max (0, pixel_width);
|
|
3768 }
|
|
3769
|
|
3770 /* This returns the usable space which doesn't include space needed by
|
|
3771 scrollbars or divider lines. */
|
|
3772 int
|
|
3773 window_char_width (struct window *w, int include_margins_p)
|
|
3774 {
|
|
3775 return window_pixel_width_to_char_width (w, WINDOW_WIDTH (w),
|
|
3776 include_margins_p);
|
|
3777 }
|
|
3778
|
|
3779 #define MINSIZE(w) \
|
|
3780 (widthflag \
|
|
3781 ? window_min_width * defwidth \
|
|
3782 : (defheight * (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (w)) ? 1 : window_min_height)))
|
|
3783
|
|
3784 #define CURBEG(w) \
|
|
3785 *(widthflag ? (int *) &WINDOW_LEFT (w) : (int *) &WINDOW_TOP (w))
|
|
3786
|
|
3787 #define CURSIZE(w) \
|
|
3788 *(widthflag ? (int *) &WINDOW_WIDTH (w) : (int *) &WINDOW_HEIGHT (w))
|
|
3789
|
|
3790 #define CURCHARSIZE(w) \
|
|
3791 (widthflag ? window_char_width (w, 0) : window_char_height (w, 1))
|
|
3792
|
|
3793 #define MINCHARSIZE(window) \
|
|
3794 (widthflag ? window_min_width : MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)) \
|
|
3795 ? 1 : window_min_height)
|
|
3796
|
|
3797 /* Unlike set_window_pixheight, this function
|
|
3798 also changes the heights of the siblings so as to
|
|
3799 keep everything consistent. */
|
|
3800
|
|
3801 static void
|
|
3802 change_window_height (struct window *win, int delta, int widthflag,
|
|
3803 int inpixels)
|
|
3804 {
|
|
3805 Lisp_Object parent;
|
|
3806 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3807 struct window *w;
|
|
3808 struct frame *f;
|
|
3809 int *sizep;
|
|
3810 int (*sizefun) (Lisp_Object) = (widthflag
|
|
3811 ? window_pixel_width
|
|
3812 : window_pixel_height);
|
|
3813 void (*setsizefun) (Lisp_Object, int, int) = (widthflag
|
|
3814 ? set_window_pixwidth
|
|
3815 : set_window_pixheight);
|
|
3816 int dim;
|
|
3817 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3818
|
|
3819 if (delta == 0)
|
|
3820 return;
|
|
3821
|
|
3822 check_min_window_sizes ();
|
|
3823
|
|
3824 XSETWINDOW (window, win);
|
|
3825 f = XFRAME (win->frame);
|
|
3826 if (EQ (window, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)))
|
|
3827 error ("Won't change only window");
|
|
3828
|
|
3829 /* #### This is very likely incorrect and instead the char_to_pixel_
|
|
3830 functions should be called. */
|
|
3831 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3832
|
|
3833 while (1)
|
|
3834 {
|
|
3835 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3836 parent = w->parent;
|
|
3837 if (NILP (parent))
|
|
3838 {
|
|
3839 if (widthflag)
|
|
3840 error ("No other window to side of this one");
|
|
3841 break;
|
|
3842 }
|
|
3843 if (widthflag
|
|
3844 ? !NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild)
|
|
3845 : !NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild))
|
|
3846 break;
|
|
3847 window = parent;
|
|
3848 }
|
|
3849
|
|
3850 sizep = &CURSIZE (w);
|
|
3851 dim = CURCHARSIZE (w);
|
|
3852
|
|
3853 if ((inpixels && (*sizep + delta) < MINSIZE (window)) ||
|
|
3854 (!inpixels && (dim + delta) < MINCHARSIZE (window)))
|
|
3855 {
|
|
3856 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)))
|
|
3857 return;
|
|
3858 else if (!NILP (parent))
|
|
3859 {
|
|
3860 Fdelete_window (window, Qnil);
|
|
3861 return;
|
|
3862 }
|
|
3863 }
|
|
3864
|
|
3865 if (!inpixels)
|
|
3866 delta *= (widthflag ? defwidth : defheight);
|
|
3867
|
|
3868 {
|
|
3869 int maxdelta;
|
|
3870
|
|
3871 maxdelta = ((!NILP (parent))
|
|
3872 ? (*sizefun) (parent) - *sizep
|
|
3873 : ((!NILP (w->next))
|
|
3874 ? (*sizefun) (w->next) - MINSIZE (w->next)
|
|
3875 : ((!NILP (w->prev))
|
|
3876 ? (*sizefun) (w->prev) - MINSIZE (w->prev)
|
|
3877 /* This is a frame with only one window,
|
|
3878 a minibuffer-only or a minibufferless frame. */
|
|
3879 : (delta = 0))));
|
|
3880
|
|
3881 if (delta > maxdelta)
|
|
3882 /* This case traps trying to make the minibuffer
|
|
3883 the full frame, or make the only window aside from the
|
|
3884 minibuffer the full frame. */
|
|
3885 delta = maxdelta;
|
|
3886
|
|
3887 if (delta == 0)
|
|
3888 return;
|
|
3889
|
|
3890 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
3891 /* #### Chuck: is this correct? */
|
|
3892 if (*sizep + delta < MINSIZE (window))
|
|
3893 {
|
|
3894 Fdelete_window (window);
|
|
3895 return;
|
|
3896 }
|
|
3897 #endif
|
|
3898 }
|
|
3899
|
|
3900 if (!NILP (w->next) &&
|
|
3901 (*sizefun) (w->next) - delta >= (int) MINSIZE (w->next))
|
|
3902 {
|
|
3903 CURBEG (XWINDOW (w->next)) += delta;
|
|
3904 (*setsizefun) (w->next, (*sizefun) (w->next) - delta, 0);
|
|
3905 (*setsizefun) (window, *sizep + delta, 0);
|
|
3906 }
|
|
3907 else if (!NILP (w->prev) &&
|
|
3908 (*sizefun) (w->prev) - delta >= (int) MINSIZE (w->prev))
|
|
3909 {
|
|
3910 (*setsizefun) (w->prev, (*sizefun) (w->prev) - delta, 0);
|
|
3911 CURBEG (w) -= delta;
|
|
3912 (*setsizefun) (window, *sizep + delta, 0);
|
|
3913 }
|
|
3914 else
|
|
3915 {
|
|
3916 int delta1;
|
|
3917 int opht = (*sizefun) (parent);
|
|
3918
|
|
3919 /* If trying to grow this window to or beyond size of the parent,
|
|
3920 make delta1 so big that, on shrinking back down,
|
|
3921 all the siblings end up with less than one line and are deleted. */
|
|
3922 if (opht <= *sizep + delta)
|
|
3923 delta1 = opht * opht * 2;
|
|
3924 /* Otherwise, make delta1 just right so that if we add delta1
|
|
3925 lines to this window and to the parent, and then shrink
|
|
3926 the parent back to its original size, the new proportional
|
|
3927 size of this window will increase by delta. */
|
|
3928 else
|
|
3929 delta1 = (delta * opht * 100) / ((opht - *sizep - delta) * 100);
|
|
3930
|
|
3931 /* Add delta1 lines or columns to this window, and to the parent,
|
|
3932 keeping things consistent while not affecting siblings. */
|
|
3933 CURSIZE (XWINDOW (parent)) = opht + delta1;
|
|
3934 (*setsizefun) (window, *sizep + delta1, 0);
|
|
3935
|
|
3936 /* Squeeze out delta1 lines or columns from our parent,
|
|
3937 shrinking this window and siblings proportionately.
|
|
3938 This brings parent back to correct size.
|
|
3939 Delta1 was calculated so this makes this window the desired size,
|
|
3940 taking it all out of the siblings. */
|
|
3941 (*setsizefun) (parent, opht, 0);
|
|
3942 }
|
|
3943
|
|
3944 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 0);
|
|
3945 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
3946 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
|
3947 /* overkill maybe, but better to be correct */
|
|
3948 MARK_FRAME_GUTTERS_CHANGED (f);
|
|
3949 }
|
|
3950 #undef MINSIZE
|
|
3951 #undef CURBEG
|
|
3952 #undef CURSIZE
|
|
3953 #undef CURCHARSIZE
|
|
3954 #undef MINCHARSIZE
|
|
3955
|
|
3956
|
|
3957
|
|
3958 /* Scroll contents of window WINDOW up N lines. If N < (top line height /
|
|
3959 average line height) then we just adjust the top clip. */
|
|
3960 void
|
|
3961 window_scroll (Lisp_Object window, Lisp_Object n, int direction,
|
|
3962 Error_behavior errb)
|
|
3963 {
|
|
3964 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3965 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
3966 int selected = EQ (window, Fselected_window (Qnil));
|
|
3967 int value = 0;
|
|
3968 Lisp_Object point, tem;
|
|
3969 display_line_dynarr *dla;
|
|
3970 int fheight, fwidth, modeline = 0;
|
|
3971 struct display_line* dl;
|
|
3972
|
|
3973 if (selected)
|
|
3974 point = make_int (BUF_PT (b));
|
|
3975 else
|
|
3976 {
|
|
3977 Bufpos pos = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
3978
|
|
3979 if (pos < BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
3980 pos = BUF_BEGV (b);
|
|
3981 else if (pos > BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
3982 pos = BUF_ZV (b);
|
|
3983
|
|
3984 point = make_int (pos);
|
|
3985 }
|
|
3986
|
|
3987 /* Always set force_start so that redisplay_window will run
|
|
3988 the window-scroll-functions. */
|
|
3989 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
3990
|
|
3991 /* #### When the fuck does this happen? I'm so glad that history has
|
|
3992 completely documented the behavior of the scrolling functions under
|
|
3993 all circumstances. */
|
|
3994 tem = Fpos_visible_in_window_p (point, window);
|
|
3995 if (NILP (tem))
|
|
3996 {
|
|
3997 Fvertical_motion (make_int (-window_char_height (w, 0) / 2),
|
|
3998 window, Qnil);
|
|
3999 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], point, w->buffer);
|
|
4000 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, XINT (point));
|
|
4001 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4002 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4003 }
|
|
4004
|
|
4005 if (!NILP (n))
|
|
4006 {
|
|
4007 if (EQ (n, Qminus))
|
|
4008 direction *= -1;
|
|
4009 else
|
|
4010 {
|
|
4011 n = Fprefix_numeric_value (n);
|
|
4012 value = XINT (n) * direction;
|
|
4013
|
|
4014 if (!value)
|
|
4015 return; /* someone just made a pointless call */
|
|
4016 }
|
|
4017 }
|
|
4018
|
|
4019 /* If the user didn't specify how far to scroll then we have to figure it
|
|
4020 out by ourselves. */
|
|
4021 if (NILP (n) || EQ (n, Qminus))
|
|
4022 {
|
|
4023 /* Going forwards is easy. If that is what we are doing then just
|
|
4024 set value and the section which handles the user specifying a
|
|
4025 positive value will work. */
|
|
4026 if (direction == 1)
|
|
4027 {
|
|
4028 value = window_displayed_height (w) - next_screen_context_lines;
|
|
4029 value = (value < 1 ? 1 : value);
|
|
4030 }
|
|
4031
|
|
4032 /* Going backwards is hard. We can't use the same loop used if the
|
|
4033 user specified a negative value because we care about
|
|
4034 next_screen_context_lines. In a variable height world you don't
|
|
4035 know how many lines above you can actually be displayed and still
|
|
4036 have the context lines appear. So we leave value set to 0 and add
|
|
4037 a separate section to deal with this. */
|
|
4038
|
|
4039 }
|
|
4040
|
|
4041 if (direction == 1 && !value)
|
|
4042 {
|
|
4043 return;
|
|
4044 }
|
|
4045
|
|
4046 /* Determine parameters to test for partial line scrolling with. */
|
|
4047 dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
4048
|
|
4049 if (INTP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment))
|
|
4050 fheight = XINT (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment);
|
|
4051 else if (!NILP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment));
|
|
4052 default_face_height_and_width (window, &fheight, &fwidth);
|
|
4053
|
|
4054 if (Dynarr_length (dla) >= 1)
|
|
4055 modeline = Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline;
|
|
4056
|
|
4057 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, modeline);
|
|
4058
|
|
4059 if (value > 0)
|
|
4060 {
|
|
4061 /* Go for partial display line scrolling. This just means bumping
|
|
4062 the clip by a reasonable amount and redisplaying, everything else
|
|
4063 remains unchanged. */
|
|
4064 if (!NILP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment)
|
|
4065 &&
|
|
4066 Dynarr_length (dla) >= (1 + modeline)
|
|
4067 &&
|
|
4068 (dl->ascent - dl->top_clip) - fheight * value > 0)
|
|
4069 {
|
|
4070 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) += value * fheight;
|
|
4071 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4072 }
|
|
4073 else
|
|
4074 {
|
|
4075 int vtarget;
|
|
4076 Bufpos startp, old_start;
|
|
4077
|
|
4078 if (WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w))
|
|
4079 {
|
|
4080 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4081 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4082 }
|
|
4083
|
|
4084 old_start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4085 startp = vmotion (w, old_start, value, &vtarget);
|
|
4086
|
|
4087 if (vtarget < value &&
|
|
4088 (w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] == -1
|
|
4089 || (BUF_Z (b) - w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] > BUF_ZV (b))))
|
|
4090 {
|
|
4091 maybe_signal_error (Qend_of_buffer, Qnil, Qwindow, errb);
|
|
4092 return;
|
|
4093 }
|
|
4094 else
|
|
4095 {
|
|
4096 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp),
|
|
4097 w->buffer);
|
|
4098 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4099 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4100 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4101
|
|
4102 if (!point_would_be_visible (w, startp, XINT (point)))
|
|
4103 {
|
|
4104 if (selected)
|
|
4105 BUF_SET_PT (b, startp);
|
|
4106 else
|
|
4107 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
4108 make_int (startp),
|
|
4109 w->buffer);
|
|
4110 }
|
|
4111 }
|
|
4112 }
|
|
4113 }
|
|
4114 else if (value < 0)
|
|
4115 {
|
|
4116 /* Go for partial display line scrolling. This just means bumping
|
|
4117 the clip by a reasonable amount and redisplaying, everything else
|
|
4118 remains unchanged. */
|
|
4119 if (!NILP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment)
|
|
4120 &&
|
|
4121 Dynarr_length (dla) >= (1 + modeline)
|
|
4122 &&
|
|
4123 (dl->ascent - dl->top_clip) - fheight * value <
|
|
4124 (dl->ascent + dl->descent - dl->clip)
|
|
4125 &&
|
|
4126 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) + value * fheight > 0)
|
|
4127 {
|
|
4128 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) += value * fheight;
|
|
4129 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4130 }
|
|
4131 else
|
|
4132 {
|
|
4133 int vtarget;
|
|
4134 Bufpos startp, old_start;
|
|
4135
|
|
4136 if (WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w))
|
|
4137 {
|
|
4138 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4139 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4140 }
|
|
4141
|
|
4142 old_start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4143 startp = vmotion (w, old_start, value, &vtarget);
|
|
4144
|
|
4145 if (vtarget > value
|
|
4146 && marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]) == BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
4147 {
|
|
4148 maybe_signal_error (Qbeginning_of_buffer, Qnil, Qwindow, errb);
|
|
4149 return;
|
|
4150 }
|
|
4151 else
|
|
4152 {
|
|
4153 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp),
|
|
4154 w->buffer);
|
|
4155 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4156 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4157 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4158
|
|
4159 if (!point_would_be_visible (w, startp, XINT (point)))
|
|
4160 {
|
|
4161 Bufpos new_point;
|
|
4162
|
|
4163 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
4164 new_point = startp;
|
|
4165 else
|
|
4166 new_point = start_of_last_line (w, startp);
|
|
4167
|
|
4168 if (selected)
|
|
4169 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4170 else
|
|
4171 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
4172 make_int (new_point),
|
|
4173 w->buffer);
|
|
4174 }
|
|
4175 }
|
|
4176 }
|
|
4177 }
|
|
4178 else /* value == 0 && direction == -1 */
|
|
4179 {
|
|
4180 if (WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w))
|
|
4181 {
|
|
4182 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4183 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4184 }
|
|
4185 if (marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]) == BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
4186 {
|
|
4187 maybe_signal_error (Qbeginning_of_buffer, Qnil, Qwindow, errb);
|
|
4188 return;
|
|
4189 }
|
|
4190 else
|
|
4191 {
|
|
4192 int vtarget;
|
|
4193 int movement = next_screen_context_lines - 1;
|
|
4194 Bufpos old_startp = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4195 Bufpos bottom = vmotion (w, old_startp, movement, &vtarget);
|
|
4196 Bufpos startp =
|
|
4197 start_with_point_on_display_line (w, bottom,
|
|
4198 -1 - (movement - vtarget));
|
|
4199
|
|
4200 if (startp >= old_startp)
|
|
4201 startp = vmotion (w, old_startp, -1, NULL);
|
|
4202
|
|
4203 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp),
|
|
4204 w->buffer);
|
|
4205 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4206 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4207 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4208
|
|
4209 if (!point_would_be_visible (w, startp, XINT (point)))
|
|
4210 {
|
|
4211 Bufpos new_point = start_of_last_line (w, startp);
|
|
4212
|
|
4213 if (selected)
|
|
4214 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4215 else
|
|
4216 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
4217 make_int (new_point),
|
|
4218 w->buffer);
|
|
4219 }
|
|
4220 }
|
|
4221 }
|
|
4222 }
|
|
4223
|
|
4224 DEFUN ("scroll-up", Fscroll_up, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4225 Scroll text of current window upward N lines; or near full screen if no arg.
|
|
4226 A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
|
|
4227 Negative N means scroll downward.
|
|
4228 When calling from a program, supply an integer as argument or nil.
|
|
4229 On attempt to scroll past end of buffer, `end-of-buffer' is signaled.
|
|
4230 On attempt to scroll past beginning of buffer, `beginning-of-buffer' is
|
|
4231 signaled.
|
|
4232 */
|
|
4233 (n))
|
|
4234 {
|
|
4235 window_scroll (Fselected_window (Qnil), n, 1, ERROR_ME);
|
|
4236 return Qnil;
|
|
4237 }
|
|
4238
|
|
4239 DEFUN ("scroll-down", Fscroll_down, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4240 Scroll text of current window downward N lines; or near full screen if no arg.
|
|
4241 A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
|
|
4242 Negative N means scroll upward.
|
|
4243 When calling from a program, supply a number as argument or nil.
|
|
4244 On attempt to scroll past end of buffer, `end-of-buffer' is signaled.
|
|
4245 On attempt to scroll past beginning of buffer, `beginning-of-buffer' is
|
|
4246 signaled.
|
|
4247 */
|
|
4248 (n))
|
|
4249 {
|
|
4250 window_scroll (Fselected_window (Qnil), n, -1, ERROR_ME);
|
|
4251 return Qnil;
|
|
4252 }
|
|
4253
|
|
4254 DEFUN ("other-window-for-scrolling", Fother_window_for_scrolling, 0, 0, 0, /*
|
|
4255 Return the other window for "other window scroll" commands.
|
|
4256 If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil
|
|
4257 specifies the window.
|
|
4258 If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, a window
|
|
4259 showing that buffer is used.
|
|
4260 */
|
|
4261 ())
|
|
4262 {
|
|
4263 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
4264 Lisp_Object selected_window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4265
|
|
4266 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
|
|
4267 && !NILP (Vminibuffer_scroll_window))
|
|
4268 window = Vminibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
4269 /* If buffer is specified, scroll that buffer. */
|
|
4270 else if (!NILP (Vother_window_scroll_buffer))
|
|
4271 {
|
|
4272 window = Fget_buffer_window (Vother_window_scroll_buffer, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
4273 if (NILP (window))
|
|
4274 window = display_buffer (Vother_window_scroll_buffer, Qt, Qnil);
|
|
4275 }
|
|
4276 else
|
|
4277 {
|
|
4278 /* Nothing specified; look for a neighboring window on the same
|
|
4279 frame. */
|
|
4280 window = Fnext_window (selected_window, Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
4281
|
|
4282 if (EQ (window, selected_window))
|
|
4283 /* That didn't get us anywhere; look for a window on another
|
|
4284 visible frame. */
|
|
4285 do
|
|
4286 window = Fnext_window (window, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
|
4287 while (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))))
|
|
4288 && ! EQ (window, selected_window));
|
|
4289 }
|
|
4290
|
|
4291 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
4292
|
|
4293 if (EQ (window, selected_window))
|
|
4294 error ("There is no other window");
|
|
4295
|
|
4296 return window;
|
|
4297 }
|
|
4298
|
|
4299 DEFUN ("scroll-other-window", Fscroll_other_window, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4300 Scroll next window upward N lines; or near full frame if no arg.
|
|
4301 The next window is the one below the current one; or the one at the top
|
|
4302 if the current one is at the bottom. Negative N means scroll downward.
|
|
4303 When calling from a program, supply a number as argument or nil.
|
|
4304
|
|
4305 If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil
|
|
4306 specifies the window to scroll.
|
|
4307 If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, scroll the window
|
|
4308 showing that buffer, popping the buffer up if necessary.
|
|
4309 */
|
|
4310 (n))
|
|
4311 {
|
|
4312 window_scroll (Fother_window_for_scrolling (), n, 1, ERROR_ME);
|
|
4313 return Qnil;
|
|
4314 }
|
|
4315
|
|
4316 DEFUN ("scroll-left", Fscroll_left, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4317 Scroll selected window display N columns left.
|
|
4318 Default for N is window width minus 2.
|
|
4319 */
|
|
4320 (n))
|
|
4321 {
|
|
4322 Lisp_Object window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4323 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4324 int count = (NILP (n) ?
|
|
4325 window_char_width (w, 0) - 2 :
|
|
4326 XINT (Fprefix_numeric_value (n)));
|
|
4327
|
|
4328 return Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_int (w->hscroll + count));
|
|
4329 }
|
|
4330
|
|
4331 DEFUN ("scroll-right", Fscroll_right, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4332 Scroll selected window display N columns right.
|
|
4333 Default for N is window width minus 2.
|
|
4334 */
|
|
4335 (n))
|
|
4336 {
|
|
4337 Lisp_Object window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4338 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4339 int count = (NILP (n) ?
|
|
4340 window_char_width (w, 0) - 2 :
|
|
4341 XINT (Fprefix_numeric_value (n)));
|
|
4342
|
|
4343 return Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_int (w->hscroll - count));
|
|
4344 }
|
|
4345
|
|
4346 DEFUN ("center-to-window-line", Fcenter_to_window_line, 0, 2, "_P", /*
|
|
4347 Center point in WINDOW. With N, put point on line N.
|
|
4348 The desired position of point is always relative to the window.
|
|
4349 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is used.
|
|
4350 */
|
|
4351 (n, window))
|
|
4352 {
|
|
4353 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
4354 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
4355 Bufpos opoint = BUF_PT (b);
|
|
4356 Bufpos startp;
|
|
4357
|
|
4358 if (NILP (n))
|
|
4359 startp = start_with_line_at_pixpos (w, opoint, window_half_pixpos (w));
|
|
4360 else
|
|
4361 {
|
|
4362 n = Fprefix_numeric_value (n);
|
|
4363 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
4364 startp = start_with_point_on_display_line (w, opoint, XINT (n));
|
|
4365 }
|
|
4366
|
|
4367 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp), w->buffer);
|
|
4368
|
|
4369 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4370 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4371 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4372 return Qnil;
|
|
4373 }
|
|
4374
|
|
4375 DEFUN ("move-to-window-line", Fmove_to_window_line, 1, 2, "_P", /*
|
|
4376 Position point relative to WINDOW.
|
|
4377 With no argument, position text at center of window.
|
|
4378 An argument specifies window line; zero means top of window,
|
|
4379 negative means relative to bottom of window.
|
|
4380 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is used.
|
|
4381 */
|
|
4382 (arg, window))
|
|
4383 {
|
|
4384 struct window *w;
|
|
4385 struct buffer *b;
|
|
4386 int height;
|
|
4387 Bufpos start, new_point;
|
|
4388 int selected;
|
|
4389
|
|
4390 /* Don't use decode_window() because we need the new value of
|
|
4391 WINDOW. */
|
|
4392 if (NILP (window))
|
|
4393 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4394 else
|
|
4395 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
4396 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4397 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
4398
|
|
4399 height = window_displayed_height (w);
|
|
4400 selected = EQ (window, Fselected_window (w->frame));
|
|
4401
|
|
4402 if (NILP (arg))
|
|
4403 {
|
|
4404 int retval;
|
|
4405
|
|
4406 if (XINT (w->last_modified[CURRENT_DISP]) >= BUF_MODIFF (b)
|
|
4407 && XINT (w->last_facechange[CURRENT_DISP]) >= BUF_FACECHANGE (b))
|
|
4408 {
|
|
4409 new_point = point_at_center (w, CURRENT_DISP, 0, 0);
|
|
4410
|
|
4411 if (selected)
|
|
4412 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4413 else
|
|
4414 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4415
|
|
4416 retval = line_at_center (w, CURRENT_DISP, 0, 0);
|
|
4417 }
|
|
4418 else
|
|
4419 {
|
|
4420 start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4421 if (start < BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
4422 start = BUF_BEGV (b);
|
|
4423 else if (start > BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
4424 start = BUF_ZV (b);
|
|
4425
|
|
4426 if (selected)
|
|
4427 new_point = BUF_PT (b);
|
|
4428 else
|
|
4429 new_point = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4430
|
|
4431 new_point = point_at_center (w, CMOTION_DISP, start, BUF_PT (b));
|
|
4432
|
|
4433 if (selected)
|
|
4434 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4435 else
|
|
4436 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4437
|
|
4438 retval = line_at_center (w, CMOTION_DISP, start, BUF_PT (b));
|
|
4439 }
|
|
4440
|
|
4441 return make_int (retval);
|
|
4442 }
|
|
4443 else
|
|
4444 {
|
|
4445 /* #### Is this going to work right when at eob? */
|
|
4446 arg = Fprefix_numeric_value (arg);
|
|
4447 if (XINT (arg) < 0)
|
|
4448 XSETINT (arg, XINT (arg) + height);
|
|
4449 }
|
|
4450
|
|
4451 start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4452 if (start < BUF_BEGV (b) || start > BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
4453 {
|
|
4454 if (selected)
|
|
4455 new_point = BUF_PT (b);
|
|
4456 else
|
|
4457 new_point = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4458
|
|
4459 new_point = vmotion (XWINDOW (window), new_point, -height / 2, 0);
|
|
4460
|
|
4461 if (selected)
|
|
4462 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4463 else
|
|
4464 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4465
|
|
4466 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (new_point),
|
|
4467 w->buffer);
|
|
4468 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, new_point);
|
|
4469 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4470 }
|
|
4471 else
|
|
4472 {
|
|
4473 if (selected)
|
|
4474 BUF_SET_PT (b, start);
|
|
4475 else
|
|
4476 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (start));
|
|
4477 }
|
|
4478
|
|
4479 if (selected)
|
|
4480 return Fvertical_motion (arg, window, Qnil);
|
|
4481 else
|
|
4482 {
|
|
4483 int vpos;
|
|
4484 new_point = vmotion (XWINDOW (window),
|
|
4485 marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]),
|
|
4486 XINT (arg), &vpos);
|
|
4487 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4488 return make_int (vpos);
|
|
4489 }
|
|
4490 }
|
|
4491
|
|
4492
|
|
4493 static int
|
|
4494 map_windows_1 (Lisp_Object window,
|
|
4495 int (*mapfun) (struct window *w, void *closure),
|
|
4496 void *closure)
|
|
4497 {
|
|
4498 for (; !NILP (window); window = XWINDOW (window)->next)
|
|
4499 {
|
|
4500 int retval;
|
|
4501 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4502
|
|
4503 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
4504 retval = map_windows_1 (w->vchild, mapfun, closure);
|
|
4505 else if (!NILP (w->hchild))
|
|
4506 retval = map_windows_1 (w->hchild, mapfun, closure);
|
|
4507 else
|
|
4508 retval = (mapfun) (w, closure);
|
|
4509
|
|
4510 if (retval)
|
|
4511 return retval;
|
|
4512 }
|
|
4513
|
|
4514 return 0;
|
|
4515 }
|
|
4516
|
|
4517 /* Map MAPFUN over the windows in F. CLOSURE is passed to each
|
|
4518 invocation of MAPFUN. If any invocation of MAPFUN returns
|
|
4519 non-zero, the mapping is halted. Otherwise, map_windows() maps
|
|
4520 over all windows in F.
|
|
4521
|
|
4522 If MAPFUN creates or deletes windows, the behavior is undefined. */
|
|
4523
|
|
4524 int
|
|
4525 map_windows (struct frame *f, int (*mapfun) (struct window *w, void *closure),
|
|
4526 void *closure)
|
|
4527 {
|
|
4528 if (f)
|
|
4529 return map_windows_1 (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), mapfun, closure);
|
|
4530 else
|
|
4531 {
|
|
4532 Lisp_Object frmcons, devcons, concons;
|
|
4533
|
|
4534 FRAME_LOOP_NO_BREAK(frmcons, devcons, concons)
|
|
4535 {
|
|
4536 int v = map_windows_1 (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (XCAR (frmcons))),
|
|
4537 mapfun, closure);
|
|
4538 if (v)
|
|
4539 return v;
|
|
4540 }
|
|
4541 }
|
|
4542
|
|
4543 return 0;
|
|
4544 }
|
|
4545
|
|
4546
|
|
4547 static void
|
|
4548 modeline_shadow_thickness_changed (Lisp_Object specifier, struct window *w,
|
|
4549 Lisp_Object oldval)
|
|
4550 {
|
|
4551 w->shadow_thickness_changed = 1;
|
|
4552 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4553 }
|
|
4554
|
|
4555 static void
|
|
4556 vertical_divider_changed_in_window (Lisp_Object specifier,
|
|
4557 struct window *w,
|
|
4558 Lisp_Object oldval)
|
|
4559 {
|
|
4560 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4561 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
|
|
4562 }
|
|
4563
|
|
4564 /* also used in scrollbar.c */
|
|
4565 void
|
|
4566 some_window_value_changed (Lisp_Object specifier, struct window *w,
|
|
4567 Lisp_Object oldval)
|
|
4568 {
|
|
4569 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4570 }
|
|
4571
|
|
4572 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
4573
|
|
4574 struct window_stats
|
|
4575 {
|
|
4576 int face;
|
|
4577 int glyph;
|
|
4578 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
4579 int scrollbar;
|
|
4580 #endif
|
|
4581 int line_start;
|
|
4582 int other_redisplay;
|
|
4583 int other;
|
|
4584 };
|
|
4585
|
|
4586 static void
|
|
4587 compute_window_mirror_usage (struct window_mirror *mir,
|
|
4588 struct window_stats *stats,
|
|
4589 struct overhead_stats *ovstats)
|
|
4590 {
|
|
4591 if (!mir)
|
|
4592 return;
|
|
4593 stats->other += malloced_storage_size (mir, sizeof (struct window_mirror),
|
|
4594 ovstats);
|
|
4595 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
4596 {
|
|
4597 struct device *d = XDEVICE (FRAME_DEVICE (mir->frame));
|
|
4598
|
|
4599 stats->scrollbar +=
|
|
4600 compute_scrollbar_instance_usage (d, mir->scrollbar_vertical_instance,
|
|
4601 ovstats);
|
|
4602 stats->scrollbar +=
|
|
4603 compute_scrollbar_instance_usage (d, mir->scrollbar_horizontal_instance,
|
|
4604 ovstats);
|
|
4605 }
|
|
4606 #endif /* HAVE_SCROLLBARS */
|
|
4607 stats->other_redisplay +=
|
|
4608 compute_display_line_dynarr_usage (mir->current_display_lines, ovstats);
|
|
4609 stats->other_redisplay +=
|
|
4610 compute_display_line_dynarr_usage (mir->desired_display_lines, ovstats);
|
|
4611 }
|
|
4612
|
|
4613 static void
|
|
4614 compute_window_usage (struct window *w, struct window_stats *stats,
|
|
4615 struct overhead_stats *ovstats)
|
|
4616 {
|
|
4617 xzero (*stats);
|
|
4618 stats->other += malloced_storage_size (w, sizeof (struct window), ovstats);
|
|
4619 stats->face += compute_face_cachel_usage (w->face_cachels, ovstats);
|
|
4620 stats->glyph += compute_glyph_cachel_usage (w->glyph_cachels, ovstats);
|
|
4621 stats->line_start +=
|
|
4622 compute_line_start_cache_dynarr_usage (w->line_start_cache, ovstats);
|
|
4623 compute_window_mirror_usage (find_window_mirror (w), stats, ovstats);
|
|
4624 }
|
|
4625
|
|
4626 DEFUN ("window-memory-usage", Fwindow_memory_usage, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
4627 Return stats about the memory usage of window WINDOW.
|
|
4628 The values returned are in the form of an alist of usage types and byte
|
|
4629 counts. The byte counts attempt to encompass all the memory used
|
|
4630 by the window (separate from the memory logically associated with a
|
|
4631 buffer or frame), including internal structures and any malloc()
|
|
4632 overhead associated with them. In practice, the byte counts are
|
|
4633 underestimated because certain memory usage is very hard to determine
|
|
4634 \(e.g. the amount of memory used inside the Xt library or inside the
|
|
4635 X server) and because there is other stuff that might logically
|
|
4636 be associated with a window, buffer, or frame (e.g. window configurations,
|
|
4637 glyphs) but should not obviously be included in the usage counts.
|
|
4638
|
|
4639 Multiple slices of the total memory usage may be returned, separated
|
|
4640 by a nil. Each slice represents a particular view of the memory, a
|
|
4641 particular way of partitioning it into groups. Within a slice, there
|
|
4642 is no overlap between the groups of memory, and each slice collectively
|
|
4643 represents all the memory concerned.
|
|
4644 */
|
|
4645 (window))
|
|
4646 {
|
|
4647 struct window_stats stats;
|
|
4648 struct overhead_stats ovstats;
|
|
4649 Lisp_Object val = Qnil;
|
|
4650
|
|
4651 CHECK_WINDOW (window); /* dead windows should be allowed, no? */
|
|
4652 xzero (ovstats);
|
|
4653 compute_window_usage (XWINDOW (window), &stats, &ovstats);
|
|
4654
|
|
4655 val = acons (Qface_cache, make_int (stats.face), val);
|
|
4656 val = acons (Qglyph_cache, make_int (stats.glyph), val);
|
|
4657 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
4658 val = acons (Qscrollbar_instances, make_int (stats.scrollbar), val);
|
|
4659 #endif
|
|
4660 val = acons (Qline_start_cache, make_int (stats.line_start), val);
|
|
4661 val = acons (Qother_redisplay, make_int (stats.other_redisplay), val);
|
|
4662 val = acons (Qother, make_int (stats.other), val);
|
|
4663 val = Fcons (Qnil, val);
|
|
4664 val = acons (Qactually_requested, make_int (ovstats.was_requested), val);
|
|
4665 val = acons (Qmalloc_overhead, make_int (ovstats.malloc_overhead), val);
|
|
4666 val = acons (Qdynarr_overhead, make_int (ovstats.dynarr_overhead), val);
|
|
4667
|
|
4668 return Fnreverse (val);
|
|
4669 }
|
|
4670
|
|
4671 #endif /* MEMORY_USAGE_STATS */
|
|
4672
|
|
4673
|
|
4674 /************************************************************************/
|
|
4675 /* Window configurations */
|
|
4676 /************************************************************************/
|
|
4677
|
|
4678 /* #### This window configuration stuff has had serious bugs lurking in it
|
|
4679 for years; it would be a -huge- win if this was reimplemented in lisp.
|
|
4680 */
|
|
4681
|
|
4682 /* If you add anything to this structure make sure saved_window_equal
|
|
4683 knows about it. */
|
|
4684 struct saved_window
|
|
4685 {
|
|
4686 Lisp_Object window; /* window */
|
|
4687 Lisp_Object buffer; /* buffer */
|
|
4688 Lisp_Object start; /* copied marker */
|
|
4689 Lisp_Object pointm; /* copied marker */
|
|
4690 Lisp_Object sb_point; /* copied marker */
|
|
4691 Lisp_Object mark; /* copied marker */
|
|
4692 int pixel_left;
|
|
4693 int pixel_top;
|
|
4694 int pixel_width;
|
|
4695 int pixel_height;
|
|
4696 int hscroll;
|
|
4697 int modeline_hscroll;
|
|
4698 int parent_index; /* index into saved_windows */
|
|
4699 int prev_index; /* index into saved_windows */
|
|
4700 char start_at_line_beg; /* boolean */
|
|
4701
|
|
4702 #define WINDOW_SLOT_DECLARATION
|
|
4703 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) Lisp_Object slot
|
|
4704 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
4705 };
|
|
4706
|
|
4707 /* If you add anything to this structure make sure window_config_equal
|
|
4708 knows about it. */
|
|
4709 struct window_config
|
|
4710 {
|
|
4711 struct lcrecord_header header;
|
|
4712 /* int frame_width; No longer needed, JV
|
|
4713 int frame_height; */
|
|
4714 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
4715 Lisp_Object selected_frame;
|
|
4716 #endif
|
|
4717 Lisp_Object current_window;
|
|
4718 Lisp_Object current_buffer;
|
|
4719 Lisp_Object minibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
4720 Lisp_Object root_window;
|
|
4721 int minibuf_height; /* 0 = no minibuffer, <0, size in lines, >0 in pixels */
|
|
4722 /* Record the values of window-min-width and window-min-height
|
|
4723 so that window sizes remain consistent with them. */
|
|
4724 int min_width, min_height;
|
|
4725 int saved_windows_count;
|
|
4726 /* Zero-sized arrays aren't ANSI C */
|
|
4727 struct saved_window saved_windows[1];
|
|
4728 };
|
|
4729
|
|
4730 #define SAVED_WINDOW_N(conf, n) (&((conf)->saved_windows[(n)]))
|
|
4731 #define XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION(x) XRECORD (x, window_configuration, struct window_config)
|
|
4732 #define XSETWINDOW_CONFIGURATION(x, p) XSETRECORD (x, p, window_configuration)
|
|
4733 #define WINDOW_CONFIGURATIONP(x) RECORDP (x, window_configuration)
|
|
4734 #define CHECK_WINDOW_CONFIGURATION(x) CHECK_RECORD (x, window_configuration)
|
|
4735
|
|
4736 static Lisp_Object
|
|
4737 mark_window_config (Lisp_Object obj)
|
|
4738 {
|
|
4739 struct window_config *config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (obj);
|
|
4740 int i;
|
|
4741 mark_object (config->current_window);
|
|
4742 mark_object (config->current_buffer);
|
|
4743 mark_object (config->minibuffer_scroll_window);
|
|
4744 mark_object (config->root_window);
|
|
4745
|
|
4746 for (i = 0; i < config->saved_windows_count; i++)
|
|
4747 {
|
|
4748 struct saved_window *s = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, i);
|
|
4749 mark_object (s->window);
|
|
4750 mark_object (s->buffer);
|
|
4751 mark_object (s->start);
|
|
4752 mark_object (s->pointm);
|
|
4753 mark_object (s->sb_point);
|
|
4754 mark_object (s->mark);
|
|
4755 #if 0
|
|
4756 /* #### This looked like this. I do not see why specifier cached
|
|
4757 values should not be marked, as such specifiers as toolbars
|
|
4758 might have GC-able instances. Freed configs are not marked,
|
|
4759 aren't they? -- kkm */
|
|
4760 mark_object (s->dedicated);
|
|
4761 #else
|
|
4762 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) mark_object (s->slot)
|
|
4763 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
4764 #endif
|
|
4765 }
|
|
4766 return Qnil;
|
|
4767 }
|
|
4768
|
|
4769 static size_t
|
|
4770 sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (int n)
|
|
4771 {
|
|
4772 return (sizeof (struct window_config) +
|
|
4773 /* n - 1 because zero-sized arrays aren't ANSI C */
|
|
4774 (n - 1) *sizeof (struct saved_window));
|
|
4775 }
|
|
4776
|
|
4777 static size_t
|
|
4778 sizeof_window_config (CONST void *h)
|
|
4779 {
|
|
4780 CONST struct window_config *c = (CONST struct window_config *) h;
|
|
4781 return sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (c->saved_windows_count);
|
|
4782 }
|
|
4783
|
|
4784 static void
|
|
4785 print_window_config (Lisp_Object obj, Lisp_Object printcharfun, int escapeflag)
|
|
4786 {
|
|
4787 struct window_config *config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (obj);
|
|
4788 char buf[200];
|
|
4789 if (print_readably)
|
|
4790 error ("printing unreadable object #<window-configuration 0x%x>",
|
|
4791 config->header.uid);
|
|
4792 write_c_string ("#<window-configuration ", printcharfun);
|
|
4793 sprintf (buf, "0x%x>", config->header.uid);
|
|
4794 write_c_string (buf, printcharfun);
|
|
4795 }
|
|
4796
|
|
4797 DEFINE_LRECORD_SEQUENCE_IMPLEMENTATION ("window-configuration",
|
|
4798 window_configuration,
|
|
4799 mark_window_config,
|
|
4800 print_window_config,
|
|
4801 0, 0, 0, 0, sizeof_window_config,
|
|
4802 struct window_config);
|
|
4803
|
|
4804
|
|
4805 /* Returns a boolean indicating whether the two saved windows are
|
|
4806 identical. */
|
|
4807 static int
|
|
4808 saved_window_equal (struct saved_window *win1, struct saved_window *win2)
|
|
4809 {
|
|
4810 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) \
|
|
4811 if (!compare (win1->slot, win2->slot)) \
|
|
4812 return 0;
|
|
4813 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
4814
|
|
4815 return
|
|
4816 EQ (win1->window, win2->window) &&
|
|
4817 EQ (win1->buffer, win2->buffer) &&
|
|
4818 internal_equal (win1->start, win2->start, 0) &&
|
|
4819 internal_equal (win1->pointm, win2->pointm, 0) &&
|
|
4820 internal_equal (win1->sb_point, win2->sb_point, 0) &&
|
|
4821 internal_equal (win1->mark, win2->mark, 0) &&
|
|
4822 win1->pixel_left == win2->pixel_left &&
|
|
4823 win1->pixel_top == win2->pixel_top &&
|
|
4824 win1->pixel_width == win2->pixel_width &&
|
|
4825 win1->pixel_height == win2->pixel_height &&
|
|
4826 win1->hscroll == win2->hscroll &&
|
|
4827 win1->modeline_hscroll == win2->modeline_hscroll &&
|
|
4828 win1->parent_index == win2->parent_index &&
|
|
4829 win1->prev_index == win2->prev_index &&
|
|
4830 win1->start_at_line_beg == win2->start_at_line_beg;
|
|
4831 }
|
|
4832
|
|
4833 /* Returns a boolean indicating whether the two given configurations
|
|
4834 are identical. */
|
|
4835 static int
|
|
4836 window_config_equal (Lisp_Object conf1, Lisp_Object conf2)
|
|
4837 {
|
|
4838 struct window_config *fig1, *fig2;
|
|
4839 int i;
|
|
4840
|
|
4841 /* First check if they are truly the same. */
|
|
4842 if (EQ (conf1, conf2))
|
|
4843 return 1;
|
|
4844
|
|
4845 fig1 = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (conf1);
|
|
4846 fig2 = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (conf2);
|
|
4847
|
|
4848 if (!((fig1->saved_windows_count == fig2->saved_windows_count) &&
|
|
4849 EQ (fig1->current_window, fig2->current_window) &&
|
|
4850 EQ (fig1->current_buffer, fig2->current_buffer) &&
|
|
4851 EQ (fig1->root_window, fig2->root_window) &&
|
|
4852 EQ (fig1->minibuffer_scroll_window, fig2->minibuffer_scroll_window)))
|
|
4853 /* &&
|
|
4854 fig1->frame_width == fig2->frame_width &&
|
|
4855 fig1->frame_height == fig2->frame_height)) */
|
|
4856 return 0;
|
|
4857
|
|
4858 for (i = 0; i < fig1->saved_windows_count; i++)
|
|
4859 {
|
|
4860 if (!saved_window_equal (SAVED_WINDOW_N (fig1, i),
|
|
4861 SAVED_WINDOW_N (fig2, i)))
|
|
4862 return 0;
|
|
4863 }
|
|
4864
|
|
4865 return 1;
|
|
4866 }
|
|
4867
|
|
4868 DEFUN ("window-configuration-p", Fwindow_configuration_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
4869 Return t if OBJECT is a window-configuration object.
|
|
4870 */
|
|
4871 (obj))
|
|
4872 {
|
|
4873 return WINDOW_CONFIGURATIONP (obj) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
4874 }
|
|
4875
|
|
4876 static int
|
|
4877 mark_windows_in_use_closure (struct window *w, void *closure)
|
|
4878 {
|
|
4879 int mark = *(int *)closure;
|
|
4880 w->config_mark = mark;
|
|
4881 return 0;
|
|
4882 }
|
|
4883
|
|
4884 static void
|
|
4885 mark_windows_in_use (struct frame *f, int mark)
|
|
4886 {
|
|
4887 map_windows (f, mark_windows_in_use_closure, &mark);
|
|
4888 }
|
|
4889
|
|
4890 /* Lisp_Object return value so it can be used in record_unwind_protect() */
|
|
4891 static Lisp_Object
|
|
4892 free_window_configuration (Lisp_Object window_config)
|
|
4893 {
|
|
4894 int i;
|
|
4895 struct window_config *config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (window_config);
|
|
4896
|
|
4897 /* Free all the markers. It's not completely necessary that
|
|
4898 we do this (window configs sitting in a free list aren't
|
|
4899 marked normally so the markers wouldn't be marked anyway)
|
|
4900 but it's more efficient. */
|
|
4901 for (i = 0; i < config->saved_windows_count; i++)
|
|
4902 {
|
|
4903 struct saved_window *p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, i);
|
|
4904
|
|
4905 if (!NILP (p->pointm))
|
|
4906 {
|
|
4907 free_marker (XMARKER (p->pointm));
|
|
4908 p->pointm = Qnil;
|
|
4909 }
|
|
4910 if (!NILP (p->start))
|
|
4911 {
|
|
4912 free_marker (XMARKER (p->start));
|
|
4913 p->start = Qnil;
|
|
4914 }
|
|
4915 if (!NILP (p->sb_point))
|
|
4916 {
|
|
4917 free_marker (XMARKER (p->sb_point));
|
|
4918 p->sb_point = Qnil;
|
|
4919 }
|
|
4920 if (!NILP (p->mark))
|
|
4921 {
|
|
4922 free_marker (XMARKER (p->mark));
|
|
4923 p->mark = Qnil;
|
|
4924 }
|
|
4925 }
|
|
4926
|
|
4927 if (config->saved_windows_count <= countof (Vwindow_configuration_free_list))
|
|
4928 free_managed_lcrecord (Vwindow_configuration_free_list
|
|
4929 [config->saved_windows_count - 1],
|
|
4930 window_config);
|
|
4931
|
|
4932 return Qnil;
|
|
4933 }
|
|
4934
|
|
4935 DEFUN ("set-window-configuration", Fset_window_configuration, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
4936 Set the configuration of windows and buffers as specified by CONFIGURATION.
|
|
4937 CONFIGURATION must be a value previously returned
|
|
4938 by `current-window-configuration' (which see).
|
|
4939 */
|
|
4940 (configuration))
|
|
4941 {
|
|
4942 struct window *w;
|
|
4943 struct window_config *config;
|
|
4944 struct saved_window *p;
|
|
4945 Lisp_Object new_current_buffer;
|
|
4946 int k;
|
|
4947 Lisp_Object frame;
|
|
4948 struct frame *f;
|
|
4949 struct gcpro gcpro1;
|
|
4950 Lisp_Object old_window_config;
|
|
4951 /* int previous_frame_height;
|
|
4952 int previous_frame_width;*/
|
|
4953 int previous_pixel_top;
|
|
4954 int previous_pixel_height;
|
|
4955 int previous_pixel_left;
|
|
4956 int previous_pixel_width;
|
|
4957 int previous_minibuf_height, previous_minibuf_top,previous_minibuf_width;
|
|
4958 int real_font_height;
|
|
4959 int converted_minibuf_height,target_minibuf_height;
|
|
4960 int specpdl_count = specpdl_depth ();
|
|
4961
|
|
4962 GCPRO1 (configuration);
|
|
4963
|
|
4964 CHECK_WINDOW_CONFIGURATION (configuration);
|
|
4965 config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (configuration);
|
|
4966
|
|
4967 frame = XWINDOW (SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, 0)->window)->frame;
|
|
4968 f = XFRAME (frame);
|
|
4969
|
|
4970 /* Do not signal an error here if the frame was deleted. There are
|
|
4971 reasonable cases where we could get here with a deleted frame and
|
|
4972 just want to do close to nothing instead. */
|
|
4973
|
|
4974 if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f))
|
|
4975 {
|
|
4976 /* restore the frame characteristics */
|
|
4977
|
|
4978 new_current_buffer = config->current_buffer;
|
|
4979 if (!BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (new_current_buffer)))
|
|
4980 new_current_buffer = Qnil;
|
|
4981
|
|
4982 /*
|
|
4983 * Assumed precondition: w->config_mark = 0 for all w
|
|
4984 * This procedure should ensure this is true by the time it exits
|
|
4985 * to ensure the precondition for future calls.
|
|
4986 *
|
|
4987 * We use w->config_mark to know whether we're modifying a
|
|
4988 * window that is currently visible on the frame (#### we
|
|
4989 * should just be able to check whether the window is dead
|
|
4990 * or not, but this way is safer?). As we process each
|
|
4991 * window, we set its config_mark to 0. At the end, we
|
|
4992 * go through all the windows that used to be on the frame,
|
|
4993 * set each one's config_mark to 0 (to maintain the
|
|
4994 * assumed precondition) and delete each one that's no
|
|
4995 * longer in use.
|
|
4996 *
|
|
4997 * #### Using a window-configuration to keep track of
|
|
4998 * the current windows is wasteful. All we need is the
|
|
4999 * list of windows, so we could just use a dynarr.
|
|
5000 */
|
|
5001 old_window_config = Fcurrent_window_configuration (frame);
|
|
5002
|
|
5003 /* If the new configuration is already equal to the old, then stop
|
|
5004 right here. This saves the work below and it also saves
|
|
5005 triggering a full redisplay of this window. This is a huge win
|
|
5006 when using the mouse since the mode motion code uses
|
|
5007 save-window-excursion extensively but will rarely cause the
|
|
5008 configuration to actually change. */
|
|
5009 if (window_config_equal (configuration, old_window_config))
|
|
5010 {
|
|
5011 free_window_configuration (old_window_config);
|
|
5012 UNGCPRO;
|
|
5013 return Qnil;
|
|
5014 }
|
|
5015
|
|
5016 /* We can't quit or even check for quit because that may cause
|
|
5017 investigation of the frame state, which may crash if the frame is
|
|
5018 in an inconsistent state. */
|
|
5019 begin_dont_check_for_quit ();
|
|
5020 record_unwind_protect (free_window_configuration, old_window_config);
|
|
5021
|
|
5022 mark_windows_in_use (f, 1);
|
|
5023
|
|
5024 #if 0
|
|
5025 /* JV: This is bogus,
|
|
5026 First of all, the units are inconsistent. The frame sizes are measured
|
|
5027 in characters but the window sizes are stored in pixels. So if a
|
|
5028 font size change happened between saving and restoring, the
|
|
5029 frame "sizes" maybe equal but the windows still should be
|
|
5030 resized. This is tickled alot by the new "character size
|
|
5031 stays constant" policy in 21.0. It leads to very wierd
|
|
5032 glitches (and possibly craches when asserts are tickled).
|
|
5033
|
|
5034 Just changing the units doens't help because changing the
|
|
5035 toolbar configuration can also change the pixel positions.
|
|
5036 Luckily there is a much simpler way of doing this, see below.
|
|
5037 */
|
|
5038 previous_frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
|
|
5039 previous_frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (f);
|
|
5040 /* If the frame has been resized since this window configuration was
|
|
5041 made, we change the frame to the size specified in the
|
|
5042 configuration, restore the configuration, and then resize it
|
|
5043 back. We keep track of the prevailing height in these variables. */
|
|
5044 if (config->frame_height != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)
|
|
5045 || config->frame_width != FRAME_WIDTH (f))
|
|
5046 change_frame_size (f, config->frame_height, config->frame_width, 0);
|
|
5047 #endif
|
|
5048
|
|
5049 previous_pixel_top = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_top;
|
|
5050 previous_pixel_height = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_height;
|
|
5051 previous_pixel_left = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_left;
|
|
5052 previous_pixel_width = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_width;
|
|
5053
|
|
5054 /* remember some properties of the minibuffer */
|
|
5055
|
|
5056 default_face_height_and_width (frame, &real_font_height, 0);
|
|
5057 assert(real_font_height > 0);
|
|
5058
|
|
5059 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && ! FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
|
|
5060 {
|
|
5061 previous_minibuf_height
|
|
5062 = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_height;
|
|
5063 previous_minibuf_top
|
|
5064 = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_top;
|
|
5065 previous_minibuf_width
|
|
5066 = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_width;
|
|
5067 }
|
|
5068 else
|
|
5069 {
|
|
5070 previous_minibuf_height = 0;
|
|
5071 previous_minibuf_width = 0;
|
|
5072 }
|
|
5073 converted_minibuf_height =
|
|
5074 (previous_minibuf_height % real_font_height) == 0 ?
|
|
5075 - (previous_minibuf_height / real_font_height ) : /* lines */
|
|
5076 previous_minibuf_height; /* pixels */
|
|
5077
|
|
5078 /* Temporarily avoid any problems with windows that are smaller
|
|
5079 than they are supposed to be. */
|
|
5080 window_min_height = 1;
|
|
5081 window_min_width = 1;
|
|
5082
|
|
5083 /* OK, now restore all the windows in the window config.
|
|
5084 This may involve "undeleting" windows, since the
|
|
5085 windows in the window config may be deleted.
|
|
5086 */
|
|
5087 for (k = 0; k < config->saved_windows_count; k++)
|
|
5088 {
|
|
5089 p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, k);
|
|
5090 w = XWINDOW (p->window);
|
|
5091 w->next = Qnil;
|
|
5092
|
|
5093 /* The window might be dead. In this case, its redisplay
|
|
5094 structures were freed, so we need to reallocate them. */
|
|
5095 if (!w->face_cachels)
|
|
5096 {
|
|
5097 w->face_cachels = Dynarr_new (face_cachel);
|
|
5098 reset_face_cachels (w);
|
|
5099 }
|
|
5100 if (!w->glyph_cachels)
|
|
5101 w->glyph_cachels = Dynarr_new (glyph_cachel);
|
|
5102 if (!w->line_start_cache)
|
|
5103 w->line_start_cache = Dynarr_new (line_start_cache);
|
|
5104 w->dead = 0;
|
|
5105
|
|
5106 if (p->parent_index >= 0)
|
|
5107 w->parent = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, p->parent_index)->window;
|
|
5108 else
|
|
5109 w->parent = Qnil;
|
|
5110
|
|
5111 if (p->prev_index >= 0)
|
|
5112 {
|
|
5113 w->prev = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, p->prev_index)->window;
|
|
5114
|
|
5115 /* This is true for a minibuffer-only frame. */
|
|
5116 if (!NILP (w->mini_p) && EQ (w->prev, p->window))
|
|
5117 w->next = Qnil;
|
|
5118 else
|
|
5119 XWINDOW (w->prev)->next = p->window;
|
|
5120 }
|
|
5121 else
|
|
5122 {
|
|
5123 w->prev = Qnil;
|
|
5124 if (!NILP (w->parent))
|
|
5125 {
|
|
5126 if (WINDOW_WIDTH (p) == WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (w->parent)))
|
|
5127 {
|
|
5128 XWINDOW (w->parent)->vchild = p->window;
|
|
5129 XWINDOW (w->parent)->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
5130 }
|
|
5131 else
|
|
5132 {
|
|
5133 XWINDOW (w->parent)->hchild = p->window;
|
|
5134 XWINDOW (w->parent)->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
5135 }
|
|
5136 }
|
|
5137 }
|
|
5138 if (!w->config_mark)
|
|
5139 {
|
|
5140 /* #### This should be equivalent to the window previously
|
|
5141 having been dead. If we're brave, we'll put in an
|
|
5142 assertion to this effect. */
|
|
5143 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
|
5144 }
|
|
5145 else /* if (!EQ (w->buffer, p->buffer)) */
|
|
5146 {
|
|
5147 /* With the new redisplay we let it know that a change has
|
|
5148 been made and it will take care of the rest. If we don't
|
|
5149 tell it something has possibly changed it could lead to
|
|
5150 incorrect display. */
|
|
5151 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
5152 }
|
|
5153
|
|
5154 WINDOW_LEFT (w) = WINDOW_LEFT (p);
|
|
5155 WINDOW_TOP (w) = WINDOW_TOP (p);
|
|
5156 WINDOW_WIDTH (w) = WINDOW_WIDTH (p);
|
|
5157 WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (p);
|
|
5158 w->hscroll = p->hscroll;
|
|
5159 w->modeline_hscroll = p->modeline_hscroll;
|
|
5160 w->line_cache_last_updated = Qzero;
|
|
5161 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 1);
|
|
5162 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
5163 w->config_mark = 0;
|
|
5164
|
|
5165 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) w->slot = p->slot
|
|
5166 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
5167
|
|
5168 /* Reinstall the saved buffer and pointers into it. */
|
|
5169 if (NILP (p->buffer))
|
|
5170 w->buffer = p->buffer;
|
|
5171 else
|
|
5172 {
|
|
5173 if (BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (p->buffer)))
|
|
5174 /* If saved buffer is alive, install it. */
|
|
5175 {
|
|
5176 w->buffer = p->buffer;
|
|
5177 w->start_at_line_beg = p->start_at_line_beg;
|
|
5178 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
5179 Fmarker_position (p->start),
|
|
5180 w->buffer);
|
|
5181 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
5182 Fmarker_position (p->pointm),
|
|
5183 w->buffer);
|
|
5184 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point,
|
|
5185 Fmarker_position (p->sb_point),
|
|
5186 w->buffer);
|
|
5187 Fset_marker (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark,
|
|
5188 Fmarker_position (p->mark), w->buffer);
|
|
5189
|
|
5190 /* As documented in Fcurrent_window_configuration, don't
|
|
5191 save the location of point in the buffer which was current
|
|
5192 when the window configuration was recorded. */
|
|
5193 if (!EQ (p->buffer, new_current_buffer) &&
|
|
5194 XBUFFER (p->buffer) == current_buffer)
|
|
5195 Fgoto_char (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], Qnil);
|
|
5196 }
|
|
5197 else if (NILP (w->buffer) ||
|
|
5198 !BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
|
5199 /* Else if window's old buffer is dead too, get a live one. */
|
|
5200 {
|
|
5201 /* #### The following line makes me nervous... */
|
|
5202 /* w->buffer = Fcdr (Fcar (XFRAME (w->frame)->buffer_alist));*/
|
|
5203 w->buffer = Fget_buffer_create (QSscratch);
|
|
5204 /* w->buffer = Fother_buffer (Qnil, w->frame, Qnil); */
|
|
5205 /* This will set the markers to beginning of visible
|
|
5206 range. */
|
|
5207 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], Qzero, w->buffer);
|
|
5208 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], Qzero,
|
|
5209 w->buffer);
|
|
5210 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point, Qzero, w->buffer);
|
|
5211 w->start_at_line_beg = 1;
|
|
5212 }
|
|
5213 else
|
|
5214 /* Keeping window's old buffer; make sure the markers
|
|
5215 are real. */
|
|
5216 {
|
|
5217 /* Set window markers at start of visible range. */
|
|
5218 if (XMARKER (w->start[CURRENT_DISP])->buffer == 0)
|
|
5219 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], Qzero,
|
|
5220 w->buffer);
|
|
5221 if (XMARKER (w->sb_point)->buffer == 0)
|
|
5222 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point, Qzero, w->buffer);
|
|
5223 if (XMARKER (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP])->buffer == 0)
|
|
5224 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
5225 make_int
|
|
5226 (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (w->buffer))),
|
|
5227 w->buffer);
|
|
5228 w->start_at_line_beg = 1;
|
|
5229 }
|
|
5230 }
|
|
5231 }
|
|
5232
|
|
5233 FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f) = config->root_window;
|
|
5234 /* Note that FSFmacs unilaterally calls Fselect_window() here, and
|
|
5235 then calls do_switch_frame() below to select the frame that was
|
|
5236 recorded in the window config as being selected.
|
|
5237
|
|
5238 Instead, we don't ever change the selected frame, and either
|
|
5239 call Fselect_window() below if the window config's frame is
|
|
5240 currently selected, or just set the selected window of the
|
|
5241 window config's frame. */
|
|
5242
|
|
5243 #if 0
|
|
5244 /* Set the frame height to the value it had before this function. */
|
|
5245 if (previous_frame_height != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)
|
|
5246 || previous_frame_width != FRAME_WIDTH (f))
|
|
5247 change_frame_size (f, previous_frame_height, previous_frame_width, 0);
|
|
5248 #endif
|
|
5249 /* We just reset the size and position of the minibuffer, to its old
|
|
5250 value, which needn't be valid. So we do some magic to see which value
|
|
5251 to actually take. Then we set it.
|
|
5252
|
|
5253 The magic:
|
|
5254 We take the old value if is in the same units but differs from the
|
|
5255 current value.
|
|
5256
|
|
5257 #### Now we get more cases correct then ever before, but
|
|
5258 are we treating all? For instance what if the frames minibuf window
|
|
5259 is no longer the same one?
|
|
5260 */
|
|
5261 target_minibuf_height = previous_minibuf_height;
|
|
5262 if (converted_minibuf_height &&
|
|
5263 (converted_minibuf_height * config->minibuf_height) > 0 &&
|
|
5264 (converted_minibuf_height != config->minibuf_height))
|
|
5265 {
|
|
5266 target_minibuf_height = config->minibuf_height < 0 ?
|
|
5267 - (config->minibuf_height * real_font_height) :
|
|
5268 config->minibuf_height;
|
|
5269 target_minibuf_height =
|
|
5270 max(target_minibuf_height,real_font_height);
|
|
5271 }
|
|
5272 if (previous_minibuf_height)
|
|
5273 {
|
|
5274 XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->pixel_top
|
|
5275 = previous_minibuf_top -
|
|
5276 (target_minibuf_height - previous_minibuf_height);
|
|
5277 set_window_pixheight (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f),
|
|
5278 target_minibuf_height, 0);
|
|
5279 set_window_pixwidth (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f),
|
|
5280 previous_minibuf_width, 0);
|
|
5281 }
|
|
5282
|
|
5283 /* This is a better way to deal with frame resizing, etc.
|
|
5284 What we _actually_ want is for the old (just restored)
|
|
5285 root window to fit
|
|
5286 into the place of the new one. So we just do that. Simple! */
|
|
5287 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_top = previous_pixel_top;
|
|
5288 /* Note that this function also updates the subwindow
|
|
5289 "pixel_top"s */
|
|
5290 set_window_pixheight (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f),
|
|
5291 previous_pixel_height -
|
|
5292 (target_minibuf_height - previous_minibuf_height), 0);
|
|
5293 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_left = previous_pixel_left;
|
|
5294 /* Note that this function also updates the subwindow
|
|
5295 "pixel_left"s */
|
|
5296 set_window_pixwidth (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), previous_pixel_width, 0);
|
|
5297
|
|
5298 /* If restoring in the current frame make the window current,
|
|
5299 otherwise just update the frame selected_window slot to be
|
|
5300 the restored current_window. */
|
|
5301 if (f == selected_frame ())
|
|
5302 {
|
|
5303 /* When using `pop-window-configuration', often the minibuffer
|
|
5304 ends up as the selected window even though it's not active ...
|
|
5305 I really don't know the cause of this, but it should never
|
|
5306 happen. This kludge should fix it.
|
|
5307
|
|
5308 #### Find out why this is really going wrong. */
|
|
5309 if (!minibuf_level &&
|
|
5310 MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (config->current_window)))
|
|
5311 Fselect_window (Fnext_window (config->current_window,
|
|
5312 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil),
|
|
5313 Qnil);
|
|
5314 else
|
|
5315 Fselect_window (config->current_window, Qnil);
|
|
5316 if (!NILP (new_current_buffer))
|
|
5317 Fset_buffer (new_current_buffer);
|
|
5318 else
|
|
5319 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))->buffer);
|
|
5320 }
|
|
5321 else
|
|
5322 set_frame_selected_window (f, config->current_window);
|
|
5323 }
|
|
5324 else
|
|
5325 old_window_config = Qnil; /* Warning suppression */
|
|
5326
|
|
5327 /* Restore the minimum heights recorded in the configuration. */
|
|
5328 window_min_height = config->min_height;
|
|
5329 window_min_width = config->min_width;
|
|
5330
|
|
5331 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
5332 /* see above comment */
|
|
5333 /* Fselect_window will have made f the selected frame, so we
|
|
5334 reselect the proper frame here. Fhandle_switch_frame will change the
|
|
5335 selected window too, but that doesn't make the call to
|
|
5336 Fselect_window above totally superfluous; it still sets f's
|
|
5337 selected window. */
|
|
5338 if (FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (config->selected_frame)))
|
|
5339 do_switch_frame (config->selected_frame, Qnil, 0);
|
|
5340 #endif
|
|
5341
|
|
5342 Vminibuffer_scroll_window = config->minibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
5343
|
|
5344 if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f))
|
|
5345 {
|
|
5346 /* Do this before calling recompute_all_cached_specifiers_in_window()
|
|
5347 so that things like redisplay_redraw_cursor() won't abort due
|
|
5348 to no window mirror present. */
|
|
5349 f->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
5350
|
|
5351 config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (old_window_config);
|
|
5352 for (k = 0; k < config->saved_windows_count; k++)
|
|
5353 {
|
|
5354 p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, k);
|
|
5355 w = XWINDOW (p->window);
|
|
5356 /* Remember, we set w->config_mark on all currently visible
|
|
5357 windows, and reset it on all newly visible windows.
|
|
5358 Any windows still marked need to be deleted. */
|
|
5359 if (w->config_mark)
|
|
5360 {
|
|
5361 mark_window_as_deleted (w);
|
|
5362 w->config_mark = 0;
|
|
5363 }
|
|
5364 else
|
|
5365 {
|
|
5366 /* We just potentially changed the window's buffer and
|
|
5367 potentially turned a dead window into a live one,
|
|
5368 so we need to recompute the cached specifier values. */
|
|
5369 recompute_all_cached_specifiers_in_window (w);
|
|
5370 }
|
|
5371 }
|
|
5372 }
|
|
5373
|
|
5374 /* Now restore things, when everything else if OK. */
|
|
5375
|
|
5376 unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil);
|
|
5377
|
|
5378 UNGCPRO;
|
|
5379
|
|
5380 return Qnil;
|
|
5381 }
|
|
5382
|
|
5383 /* Mark all subwindows of a window as deleted. The argument
|
|
5384 W is actually the subwindow tree of the window in question. */
|
|
5385
|
|
5386 void
|
|
5387 delete_all_subwindows (struct window *w)
|
|
5388 {
|
|
5389 if (!NILP (w->next)) delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->next));
|
|
5390 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->vchild));
|
|
5391 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->hchild));
|
|
5392
|
|
5393 mark_window_as_deleted (w);
|
|
5394 }
|
|
5395
|
|
5396
|
|
5397 static int
|
|
5398 count_windows (struct window *window)
|
|
5399 {
|
|
5400 return 1 +
|
|
5401 (!NILP (window->next) ? count_windows (XWINDOW (window->next)) : 0) +
|
|
5402 (!NILP (window->vchild) ? count_windows (XWINDOW (window->vchild)) : 0) +
|
|
5403 (!NILP (window->hchild) ? count_windows (XWINDOW (window->hchild)) : 0);
|
|
5404 }
|
|
5405
|
|
5406 static int
|
|
5407 saved_window_index (Lisp_Object window, struct window_config *config, int lim)
|
|
5408 {
|
|
5409 int j;
|
|
5410 for (j = 0; j < lim; j++)
|
|
5411 {
|
|
5412 if (EQ (SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, j)->window, window))
|
|
5413 return j;
|
|
5414 }
|
|
5415 abort ();
|
|
5416 return 0; /* suppress compiler warning */
|
|
5417 }
|
|
5418
|
|
5419 static int
|
|
5420 save_window_save (Lisp_Object window, struct window_config *config, int i)
|
|
5421 {
|
|
5422 struct window *w;
|
|
5423
|
|
5424 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
|
|
5425 {
|
|
5426 struct saved_window *p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, i);
|
|
5427
|
|
5428 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
5429 i++;
|
|
5430 p->window = window;
|
|
5431 p->buffer = w->buffer;
|
|
5432 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (w);
|
|
5433 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
5434 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (w);
|
|
5435 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (w);
|
|
5436 p->hscroll = w->hscroll;
|
|
5437 p->modeline_hscroll = w->modeline_hscroll;
|
|
5438
|
|
5439 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) p->slot = w->slot
|
|
5440 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
5441
|
|
5442 if (!NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
5443 {
|
|
5444 /* Save w's value of point in the window configuration.
|
|
5445 If w is the selected window, then get the value of point
|
|
5446 from the buffer; pointm is garbage in the selected window. */
|
|
5447 if (EQ (window, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
5448 {
|
|
5449 p->pointm = noseeum_make_marker ();
|
|
5450 Fset_marker (p->pointm,
|
|
5451 make_int (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (w->buffer))),
|
|
5452 w->buffer);
|
|
5453 }
|
|
5454 else
|
|
5455 p->pointm = noseeum_copy_marker (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], Qnil);
|
|
5456
|
|
5457 p->start = noseeum_copy_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], Qnil);
|
|
5458 p->sb_point = noseeum_copy_marker (w->sb_point, Qnil);
|
|
5459 p->start_at_line_beg = w->start_at_line_beg;
|
|
5460
|
|
5461 p->mark = noseeum_copy_marker (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark, Qnil);
|
|
5462 }
|
|
5463 else
|
|
5464 {
|
|
5465 p->pointm = Qnil;
|
|
5466 p->start = Qnil;
|
|
5467 p->sb_point = Qnil;
|
|
5468 p->mark = Qnil;
|
|
5469 p->start_at_line_beg = 0;
|
|
5470 }
|
|
5471
|
|
5472 if (NILP (w->parent))
|
|
5473 p->parent_index = -1;
|
|
5474 else
|
|
5475 p->parent_index = saved_window_index (w->parent, config, i);
|
|
5476 if (NILP (w->prev))
|
|
5477 p->prev_index = -1;
|
|
5478 else
|
|
5479 p->prev_index = saved_window_index (w->prev, config, i);
|
|
5480 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
5481 i = save_window_save (w->vchild, config, i);
|
|
5482 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
|
|
5483 i = save_window_save (w->hchild, config, i);
|
|
5484 }
|
|
5485
|
|
5486 return i;
|
|
5487 }
|
|
5488
|
|
5489 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
5490 /* Added to doc string:
|
|
5491
|
|
5492 This also records the currently selected frame, and FRAME's focus
|
|
5493 redirection (see `redirect-frame-focus').
|
|
5494
|
|
5495 */
|
|
5496 #endif
|
|
5497
|
|
5498 DEFUN ("current-window-configuration", Fcurrent_window_configuration, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
5499 Return an object representing the current window configuration of FRAME.
|
|
5500 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
|
|
5501 This describes the number of windows, their sizes and current buffers,
|
|
5502 and for each displayed buffer, where display starts, and the positions of
|
|
5503 point and mark. An exception is made for point in the current buffer:
|
|
5504 its value is -not- saved.
|
|
5505 */
|
|
5506 (frame))
|
|
5507 {
|
|
5508 Lisp_Object result;
|
|
5509 struct frame *f = decode_frame (frame);
|
|
5510 struct window_config *config;
|
|
5511 int n_windows = count_windows (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
|
|
5512 int minibuf_height;
|
|
5513 int real_font_height;
|
|
5514
|
|
5515 if (n_windows <= countof (Vwindow_configuration_free_list))
|
|
5516 config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (allocate_managed_lcrecord
|
|
5517 (Vwindow_configuration_free_list
|
|
5518 [n_windows - 1]));
|
|
5519 else
|
|
5520 /* More than ten windows; just allocate directly */
|
|
5521 config = (struct window_config *)
|
|
5522 alloc_lcrecord (sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (n_windows),
|
|
5523 &lrecord_window_configuration);
|
|
5524 XSETWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (result, config);
|
|
5525 /*
|
|
5526 config->frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
|
|
5527 config->frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); */
|
|
5528 config->current_window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
|
|
5529 XSETBUFFER (config->current_buffer, current_buffer);
|
|
5530 config->minibuffer_scroll_window = Vminibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
5531 config->root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f);
|
|
5532 config->min_height = window_min_height;
|
|
5533 config->min_width = window_min_width;
|
|
5534 config->saved_windows_count = n_windows;
|
|
5535 save_window_save (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), config, 0);
|
|
5536
|
|
5537 /* save the minibuffer height using the heuristics from
|
|
5538 change_frame_size_1 */
|
|
5539
|
|
5540 XSETFRAME (frame, f); /* frame could have been nil ! */
|
|
5541 default_face_height_and_width (frame, &real_font_height, 0);
|
|
5542 assert(real_font_height > 0);
|
|
5543
|
|
5544 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && ! FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
|
|
5545 minibuf_height = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_height;
|
|
5546 else
|
|
5547 minibuf_height = 0;
|
|
5548 config->minibuf_height = (minibuf_height % real_font_height) == 0 ?
|
|
5549 - (minibuf_height / real_font_height ) : /* lines */
|
|
5550 minibuf_height; /* pixels */
|
|
5551
|
|
5552 return result;
|
|
5553 }
|
|
5554
|
|
5555 Lisp_Object
|
|
5556 save_window_excursion_unwind (Lisp_Object window_config)
|
|
5557 {
|
|
5558 Lisp_Object val = Fset_window_configuration (window_config);
|
|
5559 free_window_configuration (window_config);
|
|
5560 return val;
|
|
5561 }
|
|
5562
|
|
5563 DEFUN ("save-window-excursion", Fsave_window_excursion, 0, UNEVALLED, 0, /*
|
|
5564 Execute body, preserving window sizes and contents.
|
|
5565 Restores which buffer appears in which window, where display starts,
|
|
5566 as well as the current buffer.
|
|
5567 Does not restore the value of point in current buffer.
|
|
5568 */
|
|
5569 (args))
|
|
5570 {
|
|
5571 /* This function can GC */
|
|
5572 Lisp_Object val;
|
|
5573 int speccount = specpdl_depth ();
|
|
5574
|
|
5575 record_unwind_protect (save_window_excursion_unwind,
|
|
5576 Fcurrent_window_configuration (Qnil));
|
|
5577 val = Fprogn (args);
|
|
5578 return unbind_to (speccount, val);
|
|
5579 }
|
|
5580
|
|
5581 DEFUN ("current-pixel-column", Fcurrent_pixel_column, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
5582 Return the horizontal pixel position of POS in window.
|
|
5583 Beginning of line is column 0. This is calculated using the redisplay
|
|
5584 display tables. If WINDOW is nil, the current window is assumed.
|
|
5585 If POS is nil, point is assumed. Note that POS must be visible for
|
|
5586 a non-nil result to be returned.
|
|
5587 */
|
|
5588 (window, pos))
|
|
5589 {
|
|
5590 struct window* w = decode_window (window);
|
|
5591 display_line_dynarr *dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
5592
|
|
5593 struct display_line *dl = 0;
|
|
5594 struct display_block *db = 0;
|
|
5595 struct rune* rb = 0;
|
|
5596 int y = w->last_point_y[CURRENT_DISP];
|
|
5597 int x = w->last_point_x[CURRENT_DISP];
|
|
5598
|
|
5599 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
5600 return Qnil;
|
|
5601
|
|
5602 if (y<0 || x<0 || y >= Dynarr_length (dla) || !NILP (pos))
|
|
5603 {
|
|
5604 int first_line, i;
|
|
5605 Bufpos point;
|
|
5606
|
|
5607 if (NILP (pos))
|
|
5608 pos = Fwindow_point (window);
|
|
5609
|
|
5610 CHECK_INT (pos);
|
|
5611 point = XINT (pos);
|
|
5612
|
|
5613 if (Dynarr_length (dla) && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
5614 first_line = 1;
|
|
5615 else
|
|
5616 first_line = 0;
|
|
5617
|
|
5618 for (i = first_line; i < Dynarr_length (dla); i++)
|
|
5619 {
|
|
5620 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, i);
|
|
5621 /* find the vertical location first */
|
|
5622 if (point >= dl->bufpos && point <= dl->end_bufpos)
|
|
5623 {
|
|
5624 db = get_display_block_from_line (dl, TEXT);
|
|
5625 for (i = 0; i < Dynarr_length (db->runes); i++)
|
|
5626 {
|
|
5627 rb = Dynarr_atp (db->runes, i);
|
|
5628 if (point <= rb->bufpos)
|
|
5629 goto found_bufpos;
|
|
5630 }
|
|
5631 return Qnil;
|
|
5632 }
|
|
5633 }
|
|
5634 return Qnil;
|
|
5635 found_bufpos:
|
|
5636 ;
|
|
5637 }
|
|
5638 else
|
|
5639 {
|
|
5640 /* optimised case */
|
|
5641 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, y);
|
|
5642 db = get_display_block_from_line (dl, TEXT);
|
|
5643
|
|
5644 if (x >= Dynarr_length (db->runes))
|
|
5645 return Qnil;
|
|
5646
|
|
5647 rb = Dynarr_atp (db->runes, x);
|
|
5648 }
|
|
5649
|
|
5650 return make_int (rb->xpos - WINDOW_LEFT (w));
|
|
5651 }
|
|
5652
|
|
5653
|
|
5654 #ifdef DEBUG_XEMACS
|
|
5655 /* This is short and simple in elisp, but... it was written to debug
|
|
5656 problems purely on the C side. That is where we need to call it so
|
|
5657 here it is. */
|
|
5658 static void
|
|
5659 debug_print_window (Lisp_Object window, int level)
|
|
5660 {
|
|
5661 int i;
|
|
5662 Lisp_Object child = Fwindow_first_vchild (window);
|
|
5663
|
|
5664 if (NILP (child))
|
|
5665 child = Fwindow_first_hchild (window);
|
|
5666
|
|
5667 for (i = level; i > 0; i--)
|
|
5668 putc ('\t', stderr);
|
|
5669
|
|
5670 fputs ("#<window", stderr);
|
|
5671 {
|
|
5672 Lisp_Object buffer = XWINDOW (window)->buffer;
|
|
5673 if (!NILP (buffer) && BUFFERP (buffer))
|
|
5674 fprintf (stderr, " on %s", XSTRING_DATA (XBUFFER (buffer)->name));
|
|
5675 }
|
|
5676 fprintf (stderr, " 0x%x>", XWINDOW (window)->header.uid);
|
|
5677
|
|
5678 while (!NILP (child))
|
|
5679 {
|
|
5680 debug_print_window (child, level + 1);
|
|
5681 child = Fwindow_next_child (child);
|
|
5682 }
|
|
5683 }
|
|
5684
|
|
5685 void debug_print_windows (struct frame *f);
|
|
5686 void
|
|
5687 debug_print_windows (struct frame *f)
|
|
5688 {
|
|
5689 debug_print_window (f->root_window, 0);
|
|
5690 putc ('\n', stderr);
|
|
5691 }
|
|
5692 #endif /* DEBUG_XEMACS */
|
|
5693
|
|
5694
|
|
5695 /************************************************************************/
|
|
5696 /* initialization */
|
|
5697 /************************************************************************/
|
|
5698
|
|
5699 void
|
|
5700 syms_of_window (void)
|
|
5701 {
|
|
5702 defsymbol (&Qwindowp, "windowp");
|
|
5703 defsymbol (&Qwindow_live_p, "window-live-p");
|
|
5704 defsymbol (&Qwindow_configurationp, "window-configuration-p");
|
|
5705 defsymbol (&Qtemp_buffer_show_hook, "temp-buffer-show-hook");
|
|
5706 defsymbol (&Qdisplay_buffer, "display-buffer");
|
|
5707
|
|
5708 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
5709 defsymbol (&Qface_cache, "face-cache");
|
|
5710 defsymbol (&Qglyph_cache, "glyph-cache");
|
|
5711 defsymbol (&Qline_start_cache, "line-start-cache");
|
|
5712 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
5713 defsymbol (&Qscrollbar_instances, "scrollbar-instances");
|
|
5714 #endif
|
|
5715 defsymbol (&Qother_redisplay, "other-redisplay");
|
|
5716 /* Qother in general.c */
|
|
5717 #endif
|
|
5718
|
|
5719 DEFSUBR (Fselected_window);
|
|
5720 DEFSUBR (Flast_nonminibuf_window);
|
|
5721 DEFSUBR (Fminibuffer_window);
|
|
5722 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_minibuffer_p);
|
|
5723 DEFSUBR (Fwindowp);
|
|
5724 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_live_p);
|
|
5725 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_first_hchild);
|
|
5726 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_first_vchild);
|
|
5727 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_next_child);
|
|
5728 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_previous_child);
|
|
5729 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_parent);
|
|
5730 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_lowest_p);
|
|
5731 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_truncated_p);
|
|
5732 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_highest_p);
|
|
5733 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_leftmost_p);
|
|
5734 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_rightmost_p);
|
|
5735 DEFSUBR (Fpos_visible_in_window_p);
|
|
5736 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_buffer);
|
|
5737 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_frame);
|
|
5738 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_height);
|
|
5739 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_displayed_height);
|
|
5740 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_width);
|
|
5741 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_pixel_height);
|
|
5742 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_pixel_width);
|
|
5743 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_text_area_pixel_height);
|
|
5744 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_displayed_text_pixel_height);
|
|
5745 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_text_area_pixel_width);
|
|
5746 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_hscroll);
|
|
5747 #ifdef MODELINE_IS_SCROLLABLE
|
|
5748 DEFSUBR (Fmodeline_hscroll);
|
|
5749 DEFSUBR (Fset_modeline_hscroll);
|
|
5750 #endif /* MODELINE_IS_SCROLLABLE */
|
|
5751 #if 0 /* bogus FSF crock */
|
|
5752 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_redisplay_end_trigger);
|
|
5753 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_redisplay_end_trigger);
|
|
5754 #endif
|
|
5755 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_hscroll);
|
|
5756 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_pixel_edges);
|
|
5757 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_text_area_pixel_edges);
|
|
5758 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_point);
|
|
5759 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_start);
|
|
5760 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_end);
|
|
5761 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_point);
|
|
5762 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_start);
|
|
5763 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_dedicated_p);
|
|
5764 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_dedicated_p);
|
|
5765 DEFSUBR (Fnext_window);
|
|
5766 DEFSUBR (Fprevious_window);
|
|
5767 DEFSUBR (Fnext_vertical_window);
|
|
5768 DEFSUBR (Fother_window);
|
|
5769 DEFSUBR (Fget_lru_window);
|
|
5770 DEFSUBR (Fget_largest_window);
|
|
5771 DEFSUBR (Fget_buffer_window);
|
|
5772 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_left_margin_pixel_width);
|
|
5773 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_right_margin_pixel_width);
|
|
5774 DEFSUBR (Fdelete_other_windows);
|
|
5775 DEFSUBR (Fdelete_windows_on);
|
|
5776 DEFSUBR (Freplace_buffer_in_windows);
|
|
5777 DEFSUBR (Fdelete_window);
|
|
5778 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_buffer);
|
|
5779 DEFSUBR (Fselect_window);
|
|
5780 DEFSUBR (Fsplit_window);
|
|
5781 DEFSUBR (Fenlarge_window);
|
|
5782 DEFSUBR (Fenlarge_window_pixels);
|
|
5783 DEFSUBR (Fshrink_window);
|
|
5784 DEFSUBR (Fshrink_window_pixels);
|
|
5785 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_up);
|
|
5786 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_down);
|
|
5787 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_left);
|
|
5788 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_right);
|
|
5789 DEFSUBR (Fother_window_for_scrolling);
|
|
5790 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_other_window);
|
|
5791 DEFSUBR (Fcenter_to_window_line);
|
|
5792 DEFSUBR (Fmove_to_window_line);
|
|
5793 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
5794 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_memory_usage);
|
|
5795 #endif
|
|
5796 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_configuration_p);
|
|
5797 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_configuration);
|
|
5798 DEFSUBR (Fcurrent_window_configuration);
|
|
5799 DEFSUBR (Fsave_window_excursion);
|
|
5800 DEFSUBR (Fcurrent_pixel_column);
|
|
5801 }
|
|
5802
|
|
5803 void
|
|
5804 reinit_vars_of_window (void)
|
|
5805 {
|
|
5806 int i;
|
|
5807 /* Make sure all windows get marked */
|
|
5808 minibuf_window = Qnil;
|
|
5809 staticpro_nodump (&minibuf_window);
|
|
5810
|
|
5811 for (i = 0; i < countof (Vwindow_configuration_free_list); i++)
|
|
5812 {
|
|
5813 Vwindow_configuration_free_list[i] =
|
|
5814 make_lcrecord_list (sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (i + 1),
|
|
5815 &lrecord_window_configuration);
|
|
5816 staticpro_nodump (&Vwindow_configuration_free_list[i]);
|
|
5817 }
|
|
5818 }
|
|
5819
|
|
5820 void
|
|
5821 vars_of_window (void)
|
|
5822 {
|
|
5823 reinit_vars_of_window ();
|
|
5824
|
|
5825 DEFVAR_BOOL ("scroll-on-clipped-lines", &scroll_on_clipped_lines /*
|
|
5826 *Non-nil means to scroll if point lands on a line which is clipped.
|
|
5827 */ );
|
|
5828 scroll_on_clipped_lines = 1;
|
|
5829
|
|
5830 DEFVAR_LISP ("temp-buffer-show-hook", &Vtemp_buffer_show_hook /*
|
|
5831 See `temp-buffer-show-function'.
|
|
5832 */ );
|
|
5833 Vtemp_buffer_show_hook = Qnil;
|
|
5834
|
|
5835 DEFVAR_LISP ("temp-buffer-show-function", &Vtemp_buffer_show_function /*
|
|
5836 Non-nil means call as function to display a help buffer.
|
|
5837 The function is called with one argument, the buffer to be displayed.
|
|
5838 Used by `with-output-to-temp-buffer'.
|
|
5839 If this function is used, then it must do the entire job of showing
|
|
5840 the buffer; `temp-buffer-show-hook' is not run unless this function runs it.
|
|
5841 */ );
|
|
5842 Vtemp_buffer_show_function = Qnil;
|
|
5843
|
|
5844 DEFVAR_LISP ("minibuffer-scroll-window", &Vminibuffer_scroll_window /*
|
|
5845 Non-nil means it is the window that \\<minibuffer-local-map>\\[scroll-other-window] in minibuffer should scroll.
|
|
5846 */ );
|
|
5847 Vminibuffer_scroll_window = Qnil;
|
|
5848
|
|
5849 DEFVAR_LISP ("other-window-scroll-buffer", &Vother_window_scroll_buffer /*
|
|
5850 If non-nil, this is a buffer and \\[scroll-other-window] should scroll its window.
|
|
5851 */ );
|
|
5852 Vother_window_scroll_buffer = Qnil;
|
|
5853
|
|
5854 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-pixel-scroll-increment", &Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment /*
|
|
5855 *Number of pixels to scroll by per requested line.
|
|
5856 If nil then normal line scrolling occurs regardless of line height.
|
|
5857 If t then scrolling is done in increments equal to the height of the default face.
|
|
5858 */ );
|
|
5859 Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment = Qt;
|
|
5860
|
|
5861 DEFVAR_INT ("next-screen-context-lines", &next_screen_context_lines /*
|
|
5862 *Number of lines of continuity when scrolling by screenfuls.
|
|
5863 */ );
|
|
5864 next_screen_context_lines = 2;
|
|
5865
|
|
5866 DEFVAR_INT ("window-min-height", &window_min_height /*
|
|
5867 *Delete any window less than this tall (including its modeline).
|
|
5868 */ );
|
|
5869 window_min_height = 4;
|
|
5870
|
|
5871 DEFVAR_INT ("window-min-width", &window_min_width /*
|
|
5872 *Delete any window less than this wide.
|
|
5873 */ );
|
|
5874 window_min_width = 10;
|
|
5875 }
|
|
5876
|
|
5877 void
|
|
5878 specifier_vars_of_window (void)
|
|
5879 {
|
|
5880 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("modeline-shadow-thickness", &Vmodeline_shadow_thickness /*
|
|
5881 *How thick to draw 3D shadows around modelines.
|
|
5882 If this is set to 0, modelines will be the traditional 2D. Sizes above
|
|
5883 10 will be accepted but the maximum thickness that will be drawn is 10.
|
|
5884 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5885 */ );
|
|
5886 Vmodeline_shadow_thickness = Fmake_specifier (Qinteger);
|
|
5887 /* The initial value for modeline-shadow-thickness is 2, but if the
|
|
5888 user removes all specifications we provide a fallback value of 0,
|
|
5889 which is probably what was expected. */
|
|
5890 set_specifier_fallback (Vmodeline_shadow_thickness,
|
|
5891 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qzero)));
|
|
5892 Fadd_spec_to_specifier (Vmodeline_shadow_thickness, make_int (2),
|
|
5893 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
5894 set_specifier_caching (Vmodeline_shadow_thickness,
|
|
5895 slot_offset (struct window,
|
|
5896 modeline_shadow_thickness),
|
|
5897 modeline_shadow_thickness_changed,
|
|
5898 0, 0);
|
|
5899
|
|
5900 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("has-modeline-p", &Vhas_modeline_p /*
|
|
5901 *Whether the modeline should be displayed.
|
|
5902 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5903 */ );
|
|
5904 Vhas_modeline_p = Fmake_specifier (Qboolean);
|
|
5905 set_specifier_fallback (Vhas_modeline_p,
|
|
5906 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qt)));
|
|
5907 set_specifier_caching (Vhas_modeline_p,
|
|
5908 slot_offset (struct window,
|
|
5909 has_modeline_p),
|
|
5910 /* #### It's strange that we need a special
|
|
5911 flag to indicate that the shadow-thickness
|
|
5912 has changed, but not one to indicate that
|
|
5913 the modeline has been turned off or on. */
|
|
5914 some_window_value_changed,
|
|
5915 0, 0);
|
|
5916
|
|
5917 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-always-visible-p",
|
|
5918 &Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p /*
|
|
5919 *Should XEmacs always display vertical dividers between windows.
|
|
5920
|
|
5921 When this is non-nil, vertical dividers are always shown, and are
|
|
5922 draggable. When it is nil, vertical dividers are shown only when
|
|
5923 there are no scrollbars in between windows, and are not draggable.
|
|
5924
|
|
5925 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5926 */ );
|
|
5927 Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p = Fmake_specifier (Qboolean);
|
|
5928 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p,
|
|
5929 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qt)));
|
|
5930 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p,
|
|
5931 slot_offset (struct window,
|
|
5932 vertical_divider_always_visible_p),
|
|
5933 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
5934 0, 0);
|
|
5935
|
|
5936 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-shadow-thickness", &Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness /*
|
|
5937 *How thick to draw 3D shadows around vertical dividers.
|
|
5938 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5939 */ );
|
|
5940 Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness = Fmake_specifier (Qinteger);
|
|
5941 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness,
|
|
5942 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qzero)));
|
|
5943 Fadd_spec_to_specifier (Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness, make_int (2),
|
|
5944 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
5945 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness,
|
|
5946 slot_offset (struct window,
|
|
5947 vertical_divider_shadow_thickness),
|
|
5948 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
5949 0, 0);
|
|
5950 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-line-width", &Vvertical_divider_line_width /*
|
|
5951 *The width of the vertical dividers, not including shadows.
|
|
5952
|
|
5953 For TTY windows, divider line is always one character wide. When
|
|
5954 instance of this specifier is zero in a TTY window, no divider is
|
|
5955 drawn at all between windows. When non-zero, a one character wide
|
|
5956 divider is displayed.
|
|
5957
|
|
5958 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5959 */ );
|
|
5960
|
|
5961 Vvertical_divider_line_width = Fmake_specifier (Qnatnum);
|
|
5962 {
|
|
5963 Lisp_Object fb = Qnil;
|
|
5964 #ifdef HAVE_TTY
|
|
5965 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qtty), make_int (1)), fb);
|
|
5966 #endif
|
|
5967 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
|
|
5968 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qx), make_int (3)), fb);
|
|
5969 #endif
|
|
5970 #ifdef HAVE_MS_WINDOWS
|
|
5971 /* #### This should be made magic and made to obey system settings */
|
|
5972 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qmswindows), make_int (3)), fb);
|
|
5973 #endif
|
|
5974 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_line_width, fb);
|
|
5975 }
|
|
5976 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_line_width,
|
|
5977 slot_offset (struct window,
|
|
5978 vertical_divider_line_width),
|
|
5979 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
5980 0, 0);
|
|
5981
|
|
5982 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-spacing", &Vvertical_divider_spacing /*
|
|
5983 *How much space to leave around the vertical dividers.
|
|
5984
|
|
5985 In TTY windows, spacing is always zero, and the value of this
|
|
5986 specifier is ignored.
|
|
5987
|
|
5988 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5989 */ );
|
|
5990 Vvertical_divider_spacing = Fmake_specifier (Qnatnum);
|
|
5991 {
|
|
5992 Lisp_Object fb = Qnil;
|
|
5993 #ifdef HAVE_TTY
|
|
5994 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qtty), Qzero), fb);
|
|
5995 #endif
|
|
5996 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
|
|
5997 /* #### 3D dividers look great on MS Windows with spacing = 0.
|
|
5998 Should not the same value be the fallback under X? - kkm */
|
|
5999 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qx), make_int (2)), fb);
|
|
6000 #endif
|
|
6001 #ifdef HAVE_MS_WINDOWS
|
|
6002 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qmswindows), Qzero), fb);
|
|
6003 #endif
|
|
6004 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_spacing, fb);
|
|
6005 }
|
|
6006 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_spacing,
|
|
6007 slot_offset (struct window,
|
|
6008 vertical_divider_spacing),
|
|
6009 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
6010 0, 0);
|
|
6011 }
|